xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/term.c (revision fcfe1a9b)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 /*
10  *
11  * term.c: functions for controlling the terminal
12  *
13  * primitive termcap support for Amiga and Win32 included
14  *
15  * NOTE: padding and variable substitution is not performed,
16  * when compiling without HAVE_TGETENT, we use tputs() and tgoto() dummies.
17  */
18 
19 /*
20  * Some systems have a prototype for tgetstr() with (char *) instead of
21  * (char **). This define removes that prototype. We include our own prototype
22  * below.
23  */
24 #define tgetstr tgetstr_defined_wrong
25 
26 #include "vim.h"
27 
28 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
29 # ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
30 #  include <termios.h>	    /* seems to be required for some Linux */
31 # endif
32 # ifdef HAVE_TERMCAP_H
33 #  include <termcap.h>
34 # endif
35 
36 /*
37  * A few linux systems define outfuntype in termcap.h to be used as the third
38  * argument for tputs().
39  */
40 # ifdef VMS
41 #  define TPUTSFUNCAST
42 # else
43 #  ifdef HAVE_OUTFUNTYPE
44 #   define TPUTSFUNCAST (outfuntype)
45 #  else
46 #   define TPUTSFUNCAST (int (*)())
47 #  endif
48 # endif
49 #endif
50 
51 #undef tgetstr
52 
53 /*
54  * Here are the builtin termcap entries.  They are not stored as complete
55  * structures with all entries, as such a structure is too big.
56  *
57  * The entries are compact, therefore they normally are included even when
58  * HAVE_TGETENT is defined. When HAVE_TGETENT is defined, the builtin entries
59  * can be accessed with "builtin_amiga", "builtin_ansi", "builtin_debug", etc.
60  *
61  * Each termcap is a list of builtin_term structures. It always starts with
62  * KS_NAME, which separates the entries.  See parse_builtin_tcap() for all
63  * details.
64  * bt_entry is either a KS_xxx code (>= 0), or a K_xxx code.
65  *
66  * Entries marked with "guessed" may be wrong.
67  */
68 struct builtin_term
69 {
70     int		bt_entry;
71     char	*bt_string;
72 };
73 
74 /* start of keys that are not directly used by Vim but can be mapped */
75 #define BT_EXTRA_KEYS	0x101
76 
77 static void parse_builtin_tcap(char_u *s);
78 static void gather_termleader(void);
79 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
80 static void req_codes_from_term(void);
81 static void req_more_codes_from_term(void);
82 static void got_code_from_term(char_u *code, int len);
83 static void check_for_codes_from_term(void);
84 #endif
85 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) \
86     || (defined(FEAT_MOUSE) && (!defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM) \
87 		|| defined(FEAT_MOUSE_GPM) || defined(FEAT_SYSMOUSE)))
88 static int get_bytes_from_buf(char_u *, char_u *, int);
89 #endif
90 static void del_termcode_idx(int idx);
91 static int term_is_builtin(char_u *name);
92 static int term_7to8bit(char_u *p);
93 
94 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
95 static char *tgetent_error(char_u *, char_u *);
96 
97 /*
98  * Here is our own prototype for tgetstr(), any prototypes from the include
99  * files have been disabled by the define at the start of this file.
100  */
101 char		*tgetstr(char *, char **);
102 
103 # ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
104     /* Change this to "if 1" to debug what happens with termresponse. */
105 #  if 0
106 #   define DEBUG_TERMRESPONSE
107 static void log_tr(const char *fmt, ...);
108 #   define LOG_TR(msg) log_tr msg
109 #  else
110 #   define LOG_TR(msg) do { /**/ } while (0)
111 #  endif
112 
113 typedef enum {
114     STATUS_GET,		// send request when switching to RAW mode
115     STATUS_SENT,	// did send request, checking for response
116     STATUS_GOT,		// received response
117     STATUS_FAIL		// timed out
118 } request_progress_T;
119 
120 typedef struct {
121     request_progress_T	    tr_progress;
122     time_t		    tr_start;	// when request was sent, -1 for never
123 } termrequest_T;
124 
125 #  define TERMREQUEST_INIT {STATUS_GET, -1}
126 
127 // Request Terminal Version status:
128 static termrequest_T crv_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
129 
130 // Request Cursor position report:
131 static termrequest_T u7_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
132 
133 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
134 // Request foreground color report:
135 static termrequest_T rfg_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
136 static int fg_r = 0;
137 static int fg_g = 0;
138 static int fg_b = 0;
139 static int bg_r = 255;
140 static int bg_g = 255;
141 static int bg_b = 255;
142 #  endif
143 
144 /* Request background color report: */
145 static termrequest_T rbg_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
146 
147 /* Request cursor blinking mode report: */
148 static termrequest_T rbm_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
149 
150 /* Request cursor style report: */
151 static termrequest_T rcs_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
152 
153 /* Request windos position report: */
154 static termrequest_T winpos_status = TERMREQUEST_INIT;
155 
156 static termrequest_T *all_termrequests[] = {
157     &crv_status,
158     &u7_status,
159 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
160     &rfg_status,
161 #  endif
162     &rbg_status,
163     &rbm_status,
164     &rcs_status,
165     &winpos_status,
166     NULL
167 };
168 # endif
169 
170 /*
171  * Don't declare these variables if termcap.h contains them.
172  * Autoconf checks if these variables should be declared extern (not all
173  * systems have them).
174  * Some versions define ospeed to be speed_t, but that is incompatible with
175  * BSD, where ospeed is short and speed_t is long.
176  */
177 # ifndef HAVE_OSPEED
178 #  ifdef OSPEED_EXTERN
179 extern short ospeed;
180 #   else
181 short ospeed;
182 #   endif
183 # endif
184 # ifndef HAVE_UP_BC_PC
185 #  ifdef UP_BC_PC_EXTERN
186 extern char *UP, *BC, PC;
187 #  else
188 char *UP, *BC, PC;
189 #  endif
190 # endif
191 
192 # define TGETSTR(s, p)	vim_tgetstr((s), (p))
193 # define TGETENT(b, t)	tgetent((char *)(b), (char *)(t))
194 static char_u *vim_tgetstr(char *s, char_u **pp);
195 #endif /* HAVE_TGETENT */
196 
197 static int  detected_8bit = FALSE;	/* detected 8-bit terminal */
198 
199 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
200 /* When the cursor shape was detected these values are used:
201  * 1: block, 2: underline, 3: vertical bar */
202 static int initial_cursor_shape = 0;
203 
204 /* The blink flag from the style response may be inverted from the actual
205  * blinking state, xterm XORs the flags. */
206 static int initial_cursor_shape_blink = FALSE;
207 
208 /* The blink flag from the blinking-cursor mode response */
209 static int initial_cursor_blink = FALSE;
210 #endif
211 
212 static struct builtin_term builtin_termcaps[] =
213 {
214 
215 #if defined(FEAT_GUI)
216 /*
217  * GUI pseudo term-cap.
218  */
219     {(int)KS_NAME,	"gui"},
220     {(int)KS_CE,	IF_EB("\033|$", ESC_STR "|$")},
221     {(int)KS_AL,	IF_EB("\033|i", ESC_STR "|i")},
222 # ifdef TERMINFO
223     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033|%p1%dI", ESC_STR "|%p1%dI")},
224 # else
225     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033|%dI", ESC_STR "|%dI")},
226 # endif
227     {(int)KS_DL,	IF_EB("\033|d", ESC_STR "|d")},
228 # ifdef TERMINFO
229     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033|%p1%dD", ESC_STR "|%p1%dD")},
230     {(int)KS_CS,	IF_EB("\033|%p1%d;%p2%dR", ESC_STR "|%p1%d;%p2%dR")},
231     {(int)KS_CSV,	IF_EB("\033|%p1%d;%p2%dV", ESC_STR "|%p1%d;%p2%dV")},
232 # else
233     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033|%dD", ESC_STR "|%dD")},
234     {(int)KS_CS,	IF_EB("\033|%d;%dR", ESC_STR "|%d;%dR")},
235     {(int)KS_CSV,	IF_EB("\033|%d;%dV", ESC_STR "|%d;%dV")},
236 # endif
237     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033|C", ESC_STR "|C")},
238 			/* attributes switched on with 'h', off with * 'H' */
239     {(int)KS_ME,	IF_EB("\033|31H", ESC_STR "|31H")}, /* HL_ALL */
240     {(int)KS_MR,	IF_EB("\033|1h", ESC_STR "|1h")},   /* HL_INVERSE */
241     {(int)KS_MD,	IF_EB("\033|2h", ESC_STR "|2h")},   /* HL_BOLD */
242     {(int)KS_SE,	IF_EB("\033|16H", ESC_STR "|16H")}, /* HL_STANDOUT */
243     {(int)KS_SO,	IF_EB("\033|16h", ESC_STR "|16h")}, /* HL_STANDOUT */
244     {(int)KS_UE,	IF_EB("\033|8H", ESC_STR "|8H")},   /* HL_UNDERLINE */
245     {(int)KS_US,	IF_EB("\033|8h", ESC_STR "|8h")},   /* HL_UNDERLINE */
246     {(int)KS_UCE,	IF_EB("\033|8C", ESC_STR "|8C")},   /* HL_UNDERCURL */
247     {(int)KS_UCS,	IF_EB("\033|8c", ESC_STR "|8c")},   /* HL_UNDERCURL */
248     {(int)KS_STE,	IF_EB("\033|4C", ESC_STR "|4C")},   /* HL_STRIKETHROUGH */
249     {(int)KS_STS,	IF_EB("\033|4c", ESC_STR "|4c")},   /* HL_STRIKETHROUGH */
250     {(int)KS_CZR,	IF_EB("\033|4H", ESC_STR "|4H")},   /* HL_ITALIC */
251     {(int)KS_CZH,	IF_EB("\033|4h", ESC_STR "|4h")},   /* HL_ITALIC */
252     {(int)KS_VB,	IF_EB("\033|f", ESC_STR "|f")},
253     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
254     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},
255     {(int)KS_XN,	"y"},
256     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},		/* cursor-left = BS */
257     {(int)KS_ND,	"\014"},	/* cursor-right = CTRL-L */
258 # ifdef TERMINFO
259     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033|%p1%d;%p2%dM", ESC_STR "|%p1%d;%p2%dM")},
260 # else
261     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033|%d;%dM", ESC_STR "|%d;%dM")},
262 # endif
263 	/* there are no key sequences here, the GUI sequences are recognized
264 	 * in check_termcode() */
265 #endif
266 
267 #ifndef NO_BUILTIN_TCAPS
268 
269 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
270 /*
271  * Amiga console window, default for Amiga
272  */
273     {(int)KS_NAME,	"amiga"},
274     {(int)KS_CE,	"\033[K"},
275     {(int)KS_CD,	"\033[J"},
276     {(int)KS_AL,	"\033[L"},
277 #  ifdef TERMINFO
278     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%p1%dL"},
279 #  else
280     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%dL"},
281 #  endif
282     {(int)KS_DL,	"\033[M"},
283 #  ifdef TERMINFO
284     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%p1%dM"},
285 #  else
286     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%dM"},
287 #  endif
288     {(int)KS_CL,	"\014"},
289     {(int)KS_VI,	"\033[0 p"},
290     {(int)KS_VE,	"\033[1 p"},
291     {(int)KS_ME,	"\033[0m"},
292     {(int)KS_MR,	"\033[7m"},
293     {(int)KS_MD,	"\033[1m"},
294     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033[0m"},
295     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033[33m"},
296     {(int)KS_US,	"\033[4m"},
297     {(int)KS_UE,	"\033[0m"},
298     {(int)KS_CZH,	"\033[3m"},
299     {(int)KS_CZR,	"\033[0m"},
300 #if defined(__MORPHOS__) || defined(__AROS__)
301     {(int)KS_CCO,	"8"},		/* allow 8 colors */
302 #  ifdef TERMINFO
303     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%p1%dm"},/* set background color */
304     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%p1%dm"},/* set foreground color */
305 #  else
306     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%dm"},	/* set background color */
307     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%dm"},	/* set foreground color */
308 #  endif
309     {(int)KS_OP,	"\033[m"},	/* reset colors */
310 #endif
311     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
312     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},		/* guessed */
313     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
314 #  ifdef TERMINFO
315     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH"},
316 #  else
317     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%d;%dH"},
318 #  endif
319 #if defined(__MORPHOS__)
320     {(int)KS_SR,	"\033M"},
321 #endif
322 #  ifdef TERMINFO
323     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%p1%dC"},
324 #  else
325     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%dC"},
326 #  endif
327     {K_UP,		"\233A"},
328     {K_DOWN,		"\233B"},
329     {K_LEFT,		"\233D"},
330     {K_RIGHT,		"\233C"},
331     {K_S_UP,		"\233T"},
332     {K_S_DOWN,		"\233S"},
333     {K_S_LEFT,		"\233 A"},
334     {K_S_RIGHT,		"\233 @"},
335     {K_S_TAB,		"\233Z"},
336     {K_F1,		"\233\060~"},/* some compilers don't dig "\2330" */
337     {K_F2,		"\233\061~"},
338     {K_F3,		"\233\062~"},
339     {K_F4,		"\233\063~"},
340     {K_F5,		"\233\064~"},
341     {K_F6,		"\233\065~"},
342     {K_F7,		"\233\066~"},
343     {K_F8,		"\233\067~"},
344     {K_F9,		"\233\070~"},
345     {K_F10,		"\233\071~"},
346     {K_S_F1,		"\233\061\060~"},
347     {K_S_F2,		"\233\061\061~"},
348     {K_S_F3,		"\233\061\062~"},
349     {K_S_F4,		"\233\061\063~"},
350     {K_S_F5,		"\233\061\064~"},
351     {K_S_F6,		"\233\061\065~"},
352     {K_S_F7,		"\233\061\066~"},
353     {K_S_F8,		"\233\061\067~"},
354     {K_S_F9,		"\233\061\070~"},
355     {K_S_F10,		"\233\061\071~"},
356     {K_HELP,		"\233?~"},
357     {K_INS,		"\233\064\060~"},	/* 101 key keyboard */
358     {K_PAGEUP,		"\233\064\061~"},	/* 101 key keyboard */
359     {K_PAGEDOWN,	"\233\064\062~"},	/* 101 key keyboard */
360     {K_HOME,		"\233\064\064~"},	/* 101 key keyboard */
361     {K_END,		"\233\064\065~"},	/* 101 key keyboard */
362 
363     {BT_EXTRA_KEYS,	""},
364     {TERMCAP2KEY('#', '2'), "\233\065\064~"},	/* shifted home key */
365     {TERMCAP2KEY('#', '3'), "\233\065\060~"},	/* shifted insert key */
366     {TERMCAP2KEY('*', '7'), "\233\065\065~"},	/* shifted end key */
367 # endif
368 
369 # if defined(__BEOS__) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
370 /*
371  * almost standard ANSI terminal, default for bebox
372  */
373     {(int)KS_NAME,	"beos-ansi"},
374     {(int)KS_CE,	"\033[K"},
375     {(int)KS_CD,	"\033[J"},
376     {(int)KS_AL,	"\033[L"},
377 #  ifdef TERMINFO
378     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%p1%dL"},
379 #  else
380     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%dL"},
381 #  endif
382     {(int)KS_DL,	"\033[M"},
383 #  ifdef TERMINFO
384     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%p1%dM"},
385 #  else
386     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%dM"},
387 #  endif
388 #ifdef BEOS_PR_OR_BETTER
389 #  ifdef TERMINFO
390     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr"},
391 #  else
392     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033[%i%d;%dr"},	/* scroll region */
393 #  endif
394 #endif
395     {(int)KS_CL,	"\033[H\033[2J"},
396 #ifdef notyet
397     {(int)KS_VI,	"[VI]"}, /* cursor invisible, VT320: CSI ? 25 l */
398     {(int)KS_VE,	"[VE]"}, /* cursor visible, VT320: CSI ? 25 h */
399 #endif
400     {(int)KS_ME,	"\033[m"},	/* normal mode */
401     {(int)KS_MR,	"\033[7m"},	/* reverse */
402     {(int)KS_MD,	"\033[1m"},	/* bold */
403     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033[31m"},	/* standout mode: red */
404     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033[m"},	/* standout end */
405     {(int)KS_CZH,	"\033[35m"},	/* italic: purple */
406     {(int)KS_CZR,	"\033[m"},	/* italic end */
407     {(int)KS_US,	"\033[4m"},	/* underscore mode */
408     {(int)KS_UE,	"\033[m"},	/* underscore end */
409     {(int)KS_CCO,	"8"},		/* allow 8 colors */
410 #  ifdef TERMINFO
411     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%p1%dm"},/* set background color */
412     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%p1%dm"},/* set foreground color */
413 #  else
414     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%dm"},	/* set background color */
415     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%dm"},	/* set foreground color */
416 #  endif
417     {(int)KS_OP,	"\033[m"},	/* reset colors */
418     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},		/* safe to move cur in reverse mode */
419     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},		/* guessed */
420     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
421 #  ifdef TERMINFO
422     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH"},
423 #  else
424     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%d;%dH"},
425 #  endif
426     {(int)KS_SR,	"\033M"},
427 #  ifdef TERMINFO
428     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%p1%dC"},
429 #  else
430     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%dC"},
431 #  endif
432 #  if defined(BEOS_DR8)
433     {(int)KS_DB,	""},		/* hack! see screen.c */
434 #  endif
435 
436     {K_UP,		"\033[A"},
437     {K_DOWN,		"\033[B"},
438     {K_LEFT,		"\033[D"},
439     {K_RIGHT,		"\033[C"},
440 # endif
441 
442 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS) || defined(SOME_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
443 /*
444  * standard ANSI terminal, default for unix
445  */
446     {(int)KS_NAME,	"ansi"},
447     {(int)KS_CE,	IF_EB("\033[K", ESC_STR "[K")},
448     {(int)KS_AL,	IF_EB("\033[L", ESC_STR "[L")},
449 #  ifdef TERMINFO
450     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dL", ESC_STR "[%p1%dL")},
451 #  else
452     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%dL", ESC_STR "[%dL")},
453 #  endif
454     {(int)KS_DL,	IF_EB("\033[M", ESC_STR "[M")},
455 #  ifdef TERMINFO
456     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dM", ESC_STR "[%p1%dM")},
457 #  else
458     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%dM", ESC_STR "[%dM")},
459 #  endif
460     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033[H\033[2J", ESC_STR "[H" ESC_STR_nc "[2J")},
461     {(int)KS_ME,	IF_EB("\033[0m", ESC_STR "[0m")},
462     {(int)KS_MR,	IF_EB("\033[7m", ESC_STR "[7m")},
463     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
464     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},		/* guessed */
465     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
466 #  ifdef TERMINFO
467     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH", ESC_STR "[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH")},
468 #  else
469     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%d;%dH", ESC_STR "[%i%d;%dH")},
470 #  endif
471 #  ifdef TERMINFO
472     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dC", ESC_STR "[%p1%dC")},
473 #  else
474     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%dC", ESC_STR "[%dC")},
475 #  endif
476 # endif
477 
478 # if defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
479 /*
480  * These codes are valid when nansi.sys or equivalent has been installed.
481  * Function keys on a PC are preceded with a NUL. These are converted into
482  * K_NUL '\316' in mch_inchar(), because we cannot handle NULs in key codes.
483  * CTRL-arrow is used instead of SHIFT-arrow.
484  */
485     {(int)KS_NAME,	"pcansi"},
486     {(int)KS_DL,	"\033[M"},
487     {(int)KS_AL,	"\033[L"},
488     {(int)KS_CE,	"\033[K"},
489     {(int)KS_CL,	"\033[2J"},
490     {(int)KS_ME,	"\033[0m"},
491     {(int)KS_MR,	"\033[5m"},	/* reverse: black on lightgrey */
492     {(int)KS_MD,	"\033[1m"},	/* bold: white text */
493     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033[0m"},	/* standout end */
494     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033[31m"},	/* standout: white on blue */
495     {(int)KS_CZH,	"\033[34;43m"},	/* italic mode: blue text on yellow */
496     {(int)KS_CZR,	"\033[0m"},	/* italic mode end */
497     {(int)KS_US,	"\033[36;41m"},	/* underscore mode: cyan text on red */
498     {(int)KS_UE,	"\033[0m"},	/* underscore mode end */
499     {(int)KS_CCO,	"8"},		/* allow 8 colors */
500 #  ifdef TERMINFO
501     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%p1%dm"},/* set background color */
502     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%p1%dm"},/* set foreground color */
503 #  else
504     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%dm"},	/* set background color */
505     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%dm"},	/* set foreground color */
506 #  endif
507     {(int)KS_OP,	"\033[0m"},	/* reset colors */
508     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
509     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},		/* guessed */
510     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
511 #  ifdef TERMINFO
512     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH"},
513 #  else
514     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%d;%dH"},
515 #  endif
516 #  ifdef TERMINFO
517     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%p1%dC"},
518 #  else
519     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%dC"},
520 #  endif
521     {K_UP,		"\316H"},
522     {K_DOWN,		"\316P"},
523     {K_LEFT,		"\316K"},
524     {K_RIGHT,		"\316M"},
525     {K_S_LEFT,		"\316s"},
526     {K_S_RIGHT,		"\316t"},
527     {K_F1,		"\316;"},
528     {K_F2,		"\316<"},
529     {K_F3,		"\316="},
530     {K_F4,		"\316>"},
531     {K_F5,		"\316?"},
532     {K_F6,		"\316@"},
533     {K_F7,		"\316A"},
534     {K_F8,		"\316B"},
535     {K_F9,		"\316C"},
536     {K_F10,		"\316D"},
537     {K_F11,		"\316\205"},	/* guessed */
538     {K_F12,		"\316\206"},	/* guessed */
539     {K_S_F1,		"\316T"},
540     {K_S_F2,		"\316U"},
541     {K_S_F3,		"\316V"},
542     {K_S_F4,		"\316W"},
543     {K_S_F5,		"\316X"},
544     {K_S_F6,		"\316Y"},
545     {K_S_F7,		"\316Z"},
546     {K_S_F8,		"\316["},
547     {K_S_F9,		"\316\\"},
548     {K_S_F10,		"\316]"},
549     {K_S_F11,		"\316\207"},	/* guessed */
550     {K_S_F12,		"\316\210"},	/* guessed */
551     {K_INS,		"\316R"},
552     {K_DEL,		"\316S"},
553     {K_HOME,		"\316G"},
554     {K_END,		"\316O"},
555     {K_PAGEDOWN,	"\316Q"},
556     {K_PAGEUP,		"\316I"},
557 # endif
558 
559 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
560 /*
561  * These codes are valid for the Win32 Console .  The entries that start with
562  * ESC | are translated into console calls in os_win32.c.  The function keys
563  * are also translated in os_win32.c.
564  */
565     {(int)KS_NAME,	"win32"},
566     {(int)KS_CE,	"\033|K"},	// clear to end of line
567     {(int)KS_AL,	"\033|L"},	// add new blank line
568 #  ifdef TERMINFO
569     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033|%p1%dL"},	// add number of new blank lines
570 #  else
571     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033|%dL"},	// add number of new blank lines
572 #  endif
573     {(int)KS_DL,	"\033|M"},	// delete line
574 #  ifdef TERMINFO
575     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033|%p1%dM"},	// delete number of lines
576     {(int)KS_CSV,	"\033|%p1%d;%p2%dV"},
577 #  else
578     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033|%dM"},	// delete number of lines
579     {(int)KS_CSV,	"\033|%d;%dV"},
580 #  endif
581     {(int)KS_CL,	"\033|J"},	// clear screen
582     {(int)KS_CD,	"\033|j"},	// clear to end of display
583     {(int)KS_VI,	"\033|v"},	// cursor invisible
584     {(int)KS_VE,	"\033|V"},	// cursor visible
585 
586     {(int)KS_ME,	"\033|0m"},	// normal
587     {(int)KS_MR,	"\033|112m"},	// reverse: black on lightgray
588     {(int)KS_MD,	"\033|15m"},	// bold: white on black
589 #if 1
590     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033|31m"},	// standout: white on blue
591     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033|0m"},	// standout end
592 #else
593     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033|F"},	// standout: high intensity
594     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033|f"},	// standout end
595 #endif
596     {(int)KS_CZH,	"\033|225m"},	// italic: blue text on yellow
597     {(int)KS_CZR,	"\033|0m"},	// italic end
598     {(int)KS_US,	"\033|67m"},	// underscore: cyan text on red
599     {(int)KS_UE,	"\033|0m"},	// underscore end
600     {(int)KS_CCO,	"16"},		// allow 16 colors
601 #  ifdef TERMINFO
602     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033|%p1%db"},	// set background color
603     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033|%p1%df"},	// set foreground color
604 #  else
605     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033|%db"},	// set background color
606     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033|%df"},	// set foreground color
607 #  endif
608 
609     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},		// save to move cur in reverse mode
610     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},
611     {(int)KS_XN,	"y"},
612     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
613 #  ifdef TERMINFO
614     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033|%i%p1%d;%p2%dH"}, // cursor motion
615 #  else
616     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033|%i%d;%dH"}, // cursor motion
617 #  endif
618     {(int)KS_VB,	"\033|B"},	// visual bell
619     {(int)KS_TI,	"\033|S"},	// put terminal in termcap mode
620     {(int)KS_TE,	"\033|E"},	// out of termcap mode
621 #  ifdef TERMINFO
622     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033|%i%p1%d;%p2%dr"}, // scroll region
623 #  else
624     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033|%i%d;%dr"}, // scroll region
625 #  endif
626 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
627     {(int)KS_8F,	"\033|38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"},
628     {(int)KS_8B,	"\033|48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"},
629 #  endif
630 
631     {K_UP,		"\316H"},
632     {K_DOWN,		"\316P"},
633     {K_LEFT,		"\316K"},
634     {K_RIGHT,		"\316M"},
635     {K_S_UP,		"\316\304"},
636     {K_S_DOWN,		"\316\317"},
637     {K_S_LEFT,		"\316\311"},
638     {K_C_LEFT,		"\316s"},
639     {K_S_RIGHT,		"\316\313"},
640     {K_C_RIGHT,		"\316t"},
641     {K_S_TAB,		"\316\017"},
642     {K_F1,		"\316;"},
643     {K_F2,		"\316<"},
644     {K_F3,		"\316="},
645     {K_F4,		"\316>"},
646     {K_F5,		"\316?"},
647     {K_F6,		"\316@"},
648     {K_F7,		"\316A"},
649     {K_F8,		"\316B"},
650     {K_F9,		"\316C"},
651     {K_F10,		"\316D"},
652     {K_F11,		"\316\205"},
653     {K_F12,		"\316\206"},
654     {K_S_F1,		"\316T"},
655     {K_S_F2,		"\316U"},
656     {K_S_F3,		"\316V"},
657     {K_S_F4,		"\316W"},
658     {K_S_F5,		"\316X"},
659     {K_S_F6,		"\316Y"},
660     {K_S_F7,		"\316Z"},
661     {K_S_F8,		"\316["},
662     {K_S_F9,		"\316\\"},
663     {K_S_F10,		"\316]"},
664     {K_S_F11,		"\316\207"},
665     {K_S_F12,		"\316\210"},
666     {K_INS,		"\316R"},
667     {K_DEL,		"\316S"},
668     {K_HOME,		"\316G"},
669     {K_S_HOME,		"\316\302"},
670     {K_C_HOME,		"\316w"},
671     {K_END,		"\316O"},
672     {K_S_END,		"\316\315"},
673     {K_C_END,		"\316u"},
674     {K_PAGEDOWN,	"\316Q"},
675     {K_PAGEUP,		"\316I"},
676     {K_KPLUS,		"\316N"},
677     {K_KMINUS,		"\316J"},
678     {K_KMULTIPLY,	"\316\067"},
679     {K_K0,		"\316\332"},
680     {K_K1,		"\316\336"},
681     {K_K2,		"\316\342"},
682     {K_K3,		"\316\346"},
683     {K_K4,		"\316\352"},
684     {K_K5,		"\316\356"},
685     {K_K6,		"\316\362"},
686     {K_K7,		"\316\366"},
687     {K_K8,		"\316\372"},
688     {K_K9,		"\316\376"},
689     {K_BS,		"\316x"},
690 # endif
691 
692 # if defined(VMS) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
693 /*
694  * VT320 is working as an ANSI terminal compatible DEC terminal.
695  * (it covers VT1x0, VT2x0 and VT3x0 up to VT320 on VMS as well)
696  * TODO:- rewrite ESC[ codes to CSI
697  *      - keyboard languages (CSI ? 26 n)
698  */
699     {(int)KS_NAME,	"vt320"},
700     {(int)KS_CE,	IF_EB("\033[K", ESC_STR "[K")},
701     {(int)KS_AL,	IF_EB("\033[L", ESC_STR "[L")},
702 #  ifdef TERMINFO
703     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dL", ESC_STR "[%p1%dL")},
704 #  else
705     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%dL", ESC_STR "[%dL")},
706 #  endif
707     {(int)KS_DL,	IF_EB("\033[M", ESC_STR "[M")},
708 #  ifdef TERMINFO
709     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dM", ESC_STR "[%p1%dM")},
710 #  else
711     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%dM", ESC_STR "[%dM")},
712 #  endif
713     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033[H\033[2J", ESC_STR "[H" ESC_STR_nc "[2J")},
714     {(int)KS_CD,	IF_EB("\033[J", ESC_STR "[J")},
715     {(int)KS_CCO,	"8"},			/* allow 8 colors */
716     {(int)KS_ME,	IF_EB("\033[0m", ESC_STR "[0m")},
717     {(int)KS_MR,	IF_EB("\033[7m", ESC_STR "[7m")},
718     {(int)KS_MD,	IF_EB("\033[1m", ESC_STR "[1m")},  /* bold mode */
719     {(int)KS_SE,	IF_EB("\033[22m", ESC_STR "[22m")},/* normal mode */
720     {(int)KS_UE,	IF_EB("\033[24m", ESC_STR "[24m")},/* exit underscore mode */
721     {(int)KS_US,	IF_EB("\033[4m", ESC_STR "[4m")},  /* underscore mode */
722     {(int)KS_CZH,	IF_EB("\033[34;43m", ESC_STR "[34;43m")},  /* italic mode: blue text on yellow */
723     {(int)KS_CZR,	IF_EB("\033[0m", ESC_STR "[0m")},	    /* italic mode end */
724     {(int)KS_CAB,	IF_EB("\033[4%dm", ESC_STR "[4%dm")},	    /* set background color (ANSI) */
725     {(int)KS_CAF,	IF_EB("\033[3%dm", ESC_STR "[3%dm")},	    /* set foreground color (ANSI) */
726     {(int)KS_CSB,	IF_EB("\033[102;%dm", ESC_STR "[102;%dm")},	/* set screen background color */
727     {(int)KS_CSF,	IF_EB("\033[101;%dm", ESC_STR "[101;%dm")},	/* set screen foreground color */
728     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
729     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},
730     {(int)KS_XN,	"y"},
731     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
732 #  ifdef TERMINFO
733     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH",
734 						  ESC_STR "[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH")},
735 #  else
736     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%d;%dH", ESC_STR "[%i%d;%dH")},
737 #  endif
738 #  ifdef TERMINFO
739     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dC", ESC_STR "[%p1%dC")},
740 #  else
741     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%dC", ESC_STR "[%dC")},
742 #  endif
743     {K_UP,		IF_EB("\033[A", ESC_STR "[A")},
744     {K_DOWN,		IF_EB("\033[B", ESC_STR "[B")},
745     {K_RIGHT,		IF_EB("\033[C", ESC_STR "[C")},
746     {K_LEFT,		IF_EB("\033[D", ESC_STR "[D")},
747     // Note: cursor key sequences for application cursor mode are omitted,
748     // because they interfere with typed commands: <Esc>OA.
749     {K_F1,		IF_EB("\033[11~", ESC_STR "[11~")},
750     {K_F2,		IF_EB("\033[12~", ESC_STR "[12~")},
751     {K_F3,		IF_EB("\033[13~", ESC_STR "[13~")},
752     {K_F4,		IF_EB("\033[14~", ESC_STR "[14~")},
753     {K_F5,		IF_EB("\033[15~", ESC_STR "[15~")},
754     {K_F6,		IF_EB("\033[17~", ESC_STR "[17~")},
755     {K_F7,		IF_EB("\033[18~", ESC_STR "[18~")},
756     {K_F8,		IF_EB("\033[19~", ESC_STR "[19~")},
757     {K_F9,		IF_EB("\033[20~", ESC_STR "[20~")},
758     {K_F10,		IF_EB("\033[21~", ESC_STR "[21~")},
759     {K_F11,		IF_EB("\033[23~", ESC_STR "[23~")},
760     {K_F12,		IF_EB("\033[24~", ESC_STR "[24~")},
761     {K_F13,		IF_EB("\033[25~", ESC_STR "[25~")},
762     {K_F14,		IF_EB("\033[26~", ESC_STR "[26~")},
763     {K_F15,		IF_EB("\033[28~", ESC_STR "[28~")},	/* Help */
764     {K_F16,		IF_EB("\033[29~", ESC_STR "[29~")},	/* Select */
765     {K_F17,		IF_EB("\033[31~", ESC_STR "[31~")},
766     {K_F18,		IF_EB("\033[32~", ESC_STR "[32~")},
767     {K_F19,		IF_EB("\033[33~", ESC_STR "[33~")},
768     {K_F20,		IF_EB("\033[34~", ESC_STR "[34~")},
769     {K_INS,		IF_EB("\033[2~", ESC_STR "[2~")},
770     {K_DEL,		IF_EB("\033[3~", ESC_STR "[3~")},
771     {K_HOME,		IF_EB("\033[1~", ESC_STR "[1~")},
772     {K_END,		IF_EB("\033[4~", ESC_STR "[4~")},
773     {K_PAGEUP,		IF_EB("\033[5~", ESC_STR "[5~")},
774     {K_PAGEDOWN,	IF_EB("\033[6~", ESC_STR "[6~")},
775     // These sequences starting with <Esc> O may interfere with what the user
776     // is typing.  Remove these if that bothers you.
777     {K_KPLUS,		IF_EB("\033Ok", ESC_STR "Ok")},	/* keypad plus */
778     {K_KMINUS,		IF_EB("\033Om", ESC_STR "Om")},	/* keypad minus */
779     {K_KDIVIDE,		IF_EB("\033Oo", ESC_STR "Oo")},	/* keypad / */
780     {K_KMULTIPLY,	IF_EB("\033Oj", ESC_STR "Oj")},	/* keypad * */
781     {K_KENTER,		IF_EB("\033OM", ESC_STR "OM")},	/* keypad Enter */
782     {K_K0,		IF_EB("\033Op", ESC_STR "Op")},	/* keypad 0 */
783     {K_K1,		IF_EB("\033Oq", ESC_STR "Oq")},	/* keypad 1 */
784     {K_K2,		IF_EB("\033Or", ESC_STR "Or")},	/* keypad 2 */
785     {K_K3,		IF_EB("\033Os", ESC_STR "Os")},	/* keypad 3 */
786     {K_K4,		IF_EB("\033Ot", ESC_STR "Ot")},	/* keypad 4 */
787     {K_K5,		IF_EB("\033Ou", ESC_STR "Ou")},	/* keypad 5 */
788     {K_K6,		IF_EB("\033Ov", ESC_STR "Ov")},	/* keypad 6 */
789     {K_K7,		IF_EB("\033Ow", ESC_STR "Ow")},	/* keypad 7 */
790     {K_K8,		IF_EB("\033Ox", ESC_STR "Ox")},	/* keypad 8 */
791     {K_K9,		IF_EB("\033Oy", ESC_STR "Oy")},	/* keypad 9 */
792     {K_BS,		"\x7f"},	/* for some reason 0177 doesn't work */
793 # endif
794 
795 # if defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS) || defined(__MINT__)
796 /*
797  * Ordinary vt52
798  */
799     {(int)KS_NAME,	"vt52"},
800     {(int)KS_CE,	IF_EB("\033K", ESC_STR "K")},
801     {(int)KS_CD,	IF_EB("\033J", ESC_STR "J")},
802 #  ifdef TERMINFO
803     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033Y%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c",
804 			    ESC_STR "Y%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c")},
805 #  else
806     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033Y%+ %+ ", ESC_STR "Y%+ %+ ")},
807 #  endif
808     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
809     {(int)KS_SR,	IF_EB("\033I", ESC_STR "I")},
810     {(int)KS_AL,	IF_EB("\033L", ESC_STR "L")},
811     {(int)KS_DL,	IF_EB("\033M", ESC_STR "M")},
812     {K_UP,		IF_EB("\033A", ESC_STR "A")},
813     {K_DOWN,		IF_EB("\033B", ESC_STR "B")},
814     {K_LEFT,		IF_EB("\033D", ESC_STR "D")},
815     {K_RIGHT,		IF_EB("\033C", ESC_STR "C")},
816     {K_F1,		IF_EB("\033P", ESC_STR "P")},
817     {K_F2,		IF_EB("\033Q", ESC_STR "Q")},
818     {K_F3,		IF_EB("\033R", ESC_STR "R")},
819 #  ifdef __MINT__
820     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033E", ESC_STR "E")},
821     {(int)KS_VE,	IF_EB("\033e", ESC_STR "e")},
822     {(int)KS_VI,	IF_EB("\033f", ESC_STR "f")},
823     {(int)KS_SO,	IF_EB("\033p", ESC_STR "p")},
824     {(int)KS_SE,	IF_EB("\033q", ESC_STR "q")},
825     {K_S_UP,		IF_EB("\033a", ESC_STR "a")},
826     {K_S_DOWN,		IF_EB("\033b", ESC_STR "b")},
827     {K_S_LEFT,		IF_EB("\033d", ESC_STR "d")},
828     {K_S_RIGHT,		IF_EB("\033c", ESC_STR "c")},
829     {K_F4,		IF_EB("\033S", ESC_STR "S")},
830     {K_F5,		IF_EB("\033T", ESC_STR "T")},
831     {K_F6,		IF_EB("\033U", ESC_STR "U")},
832     {K_F7,		IF_EB("\033V", ESC_STR "V")},
833     {K_F8,		IF_EB("\033W", ESC_STR "W")},
834     {K_F9,		IF_EB("\033X", ESC_STR "X")},
835     {K_F10,		IF_EB("\033Y", ESC_STR "Y")},
836     {K_S_F1,		IF_EB("\033p", ESC_STR "p")},
837     {K_S_F2,		IF_EB("\033q", ESC_STR "q")},
838     {K_S_F3,		IF_EB("\033r", ESC_STR "r")},
839     {K_S_F4,		IF_EB("\033s", ESC_STR "s")},
840     {K_S_F5,		IF_EB("\033t", ESC_STR "t")},
841     {K_S_F6,		IF_EB("\033u", ESC_STR "u")},
842     {K_S_F7,		IF_EB("\033v", ESC_STR "v")},
843     {K_S_F8,		IF_EB("\033w", ESC_STR "w")},
844     {K_S_F9,		IF_EB("\033x", ESC_STR "x")},
845     {K_S_F10,		IF_EB("\033y", ESC_STR "y")},
846     {K_INS,		IF_EB("\033I", ESC_STR "I")},
847     {K_HOME,		IF_EB("\033E", ESC_STR "E")},
848     {K_PAGEDOWN,	IF_EB("\033b", ESC_STR "b")},
849     {K_PAGEUP,		IF_EB("\033a", ESC_STR "a")},
850 #  else
851     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033H\033J", ESC_STR "H" ESC_STR_nc "J")},
852     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
853 #  endif
854 # endif
855 
856 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS) || defined(SOME_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
857     {(int)KS_NAME,	"xterm"},
858     {(int)KS_CE,	IF_EB("\033[K", ESC_STR "[K")},
859     {(int)KS_AL,	IF_EB("\033[L", ESC_STR "[L")},
860 #  ifdef TERMINFO
861     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dL", ESC_STR "[%p1%dL")},
862 #  else
863     {(int)KS_CAL,	IF_EB("\033[%dL", ESC_STR "[%dL")},
864 #  endif
865     {(int)KS_DL,	IF_EB("\033[M", ESC_STR "[M")},
866 #  ifdef TERMINFO
867     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dM", ESC_STR "[%p1%dM")},
868 #  else
869     {(int)KS_CDL,	IF_EB("\033[%dM", ESC_STR "[%dM")},
870 #  endif
871 #  ifdef TERMINFO
872     {(int)KS_CS,	IF_EB("\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr",
873 						  ESC_STR "[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr")},
874 #  else
875     {(int)KS_CS,	IF_EB("\033[%i%d;%dr", ESC_STR "[%i%d;%dr")},
876 #  endif
877     {(int)KS_CL,	IF_EB("\033[H\033[2J", ESC_STR "[H" ESC_STR_nc "[2J")},
878     {(int)KS_CD,	IF_EB("\033[J", ESC_STR "[J")},
879     {(int)KS_ME,	IF_EB("\033[m", ESC_STR "[m")},
880     {(int)KS_MR,	IF_EB("\033[7m", ESC_STR "[7m")},
881     {(int)KS_MD,	IF_EB("\033[1m", ESC_STR "[1m")},
882     {(int)KS_UE,	IF_EB("\033[m", ESC_STR "[m")},
883     {(int)KS_US,	IF_EB("\033[4m", ESC_STR "[4m")},
884     {(int)KS_STE,	IF_EB("\033[29m", ESC_STR "[29m")},
885     {(int)KS_STS,	IF_EB("\033[9m", ESC_STR "[9m")},
886     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},
887     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},
888     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
889     {(int)KS_VI,	IF_EB("\033[?25l", ESC_STR "[?25l")},
890     {(int)KS_VE,	IF_EB("\033[?25h", ESC_STR "[?25h")},
891     {(int)KS_VS,	IF_EB("\033[?12h", ESC_STR "[?12h")},
892     {(int)KS_CVS,	IF_EB("\033[?12l", ESC_STR "[?12l")},
893 #  ifdef TERMINFO
894     {(int)KS_CSH,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%d q", ESC_STR "[%p1%d q")},
895 #  else
896     {(int)KS_CSH,	IF_EB("\033[%d q", ESC_STR "[%d q")},
897 #  endif
898     {(int)KS_CRC,	IF_EB("\033[?12$p", ESC_STR "[?12$p")},
899     {(int)KS_CRS,	IF_EB("\033P$q q\033\\", ESC_STR "P$q q" ESC_STR "\\")},
900 #  ifdef TERMINFO
901     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH",
902 						  ESC_STR "[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH")},
903 #  else
904     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%d;%dH", ESC_STR "[%i%d;%dH")},
905 #  endif
906     {(int)KS_SR,	IF_EB("\033M", ESC_STR "M")},
907 #  ifdef TERMINFO
908     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%p1%dC", ESC_STR "[%p1%dC")},
909 #  else
910     {(int)KS_CRI,	IF_EB("\033[%dC", ESC_STR "[%dC")},
911 #  endif
912     {(int)KS_KS,	IF_EB("\033[?1h\033=", ESC_STR "[?1h" ESC_STR_nc "=")},
913     {(int)KS_KE,	IF_EB("\033[?1l\033>", ESC_STR "[?1l" ESC_STR_nc ">")},
914 #  ifdef FEAT_XTERM_SAVE
915     {(int)KS_TI,	IF_EB("\0337\033[?47h", ESC_STR "7" ESC_STR_nc "[?47h")},
916     {(int)KS_TE,	IF_EB("\033[2J\033[?47l\0338",
917 				  ESC_STR "[2J" ESC_STR_nc "[?47l" ESC_STR_nc "8")},
918 #  endif
919     {(int)KS_CIS,	IF_EB("\033]1;", ESC_STR "]1;")},
920     {(int)KS_CIE,	"\007"},
921     {(int)KS_TS,	IF_EB("\033]2;", ESC_STR "]2;")},
922     {(int)KS_FS,	"\007"},
923     {(int)KS_CSC,	IF_EB("\033]12;", ESC_STR "]12;")},
924     {(int)KS_CEC,	"\007"},
925 #  ifdef TERMINFO
926     {(int)KS_CWS,	IF_EB("\033[8;%p1%d;%p2%dt",
927 						  ESC_STR "[8;%p1%d;%p2%dt")},
928     {(int)KS_CWP,	IF_EB("\033[3;%p1%d;%p2%dt",
929 						  ESC_STR "[3;%p1%d;%p2%dt")},
930     {(int)KS_CGP,	IF_EB("\033[13t", ESC_STR "[13t")},
931 #  else
932     {(int)KS_CWS,	IF_EB("\033[8;%d;%dt", ESC_STR "[8;%d;%dt")},
933     {(int)KS_CWP,	IF_EB("\033[3;%d;%dt", ESC_STR "[3;%d;%dt")},
934     {(int)KS_CGP,	IF_EB("\033[13t", ESC_STR "[13t")},
935 #  endif
936     {(int)KS_CRV,	IF_EB("\033[>c", ESC_STR "[>c")},
937     {(int)KS_RFG,	IF_EB("\033]10;?\007", ESC_STR "]10;?\007")},
938     {(int)KS_RBG,	IF_EB("\033]11;?\007", ESC_STR "]11;?\007")},
939     {(int)KS_U7,	IF_EB("\033[6n", ESC_STR "[6n")},
940 #  ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
941     /* These are printf strings, not terminal codes. */
942     {(int)KS_8F,	IF_EB("\033[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum", ESC_STR "[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum")},
943     {(int)KS_8B,	IF_EB("\033[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum", ESC_STR "[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum")},
944 #  endif
945     {(int)KS_CBE,	IF_EB("\033[?2004h", ESC_STR "[?2004h")},
946     {(int)KS_CBD,	IF_EB("\033[?2004l", ESC_STR "[?2004l")},
947     {(int)KS_CST,	IF_EB("\033[22;2t", ESC_STR "[22;2t")},
948     {(int)KS_CRT,	IF_EB("\033[23;2t", ESC_STR "[23;2t")},
949     {(int)KS_SSI,	IF_EB("\033[22;1t", ESC_STR "[22;1t")},
950     {(int)KS_SRI,	IF_EB("\033[23;1t", ESC_STR "[23;1t")},
951 
952     {K_UP,		IF_EB("\033O*A", ESC_STR "O*A")},
953     {K_DOWN,		IF_EB("\033O*B", ESC_STR "O*B")},
954     {K_RIGHT,		IF_EB("\033O*C", ESC_STR "O*C")},
955     {K_LEFT,		IF_EB("\033O*D", ESC_STR "O*D")},
956     /* An extra set of cursor keys for vt100 mode */
957     {K_XUP,		IF_EB("\033[1;*A", ESC_STR "[1;*A")},
958     {K_XDOWN,		IF_EB("\033[1;*B", ESC_STR "[1;*B")},
959     {K_XRIGHT,		IF_EB("\033[1;*C", ESC_STR "[1;*C")},
960     {K_XLEFT,		IF_EB("\033[1;*D", ESC_STR "[1;*D")},
961     /* An extra set of function keys for vt100 mode */
962     {K_XF1,		IF_EB("\033O*P", ESC_STR "O*P")},
963     {K_XF2,		IF_EB("\033O*Q", ESC_STR "O*Q")},
964     {K_XF3,		IF_EB("\033O*R", ESC_STR "O*R")},
965     {K_XF4,		IF_EB("\033O*S", ESC_STR "O*S")},
966     {K_F1,		IF_EB("\033[11;*~", ESC_STR "[11;*~")},
967     {K_F2,		IF_EB("\033[12;*~", ESC_STR "[12;*~")},
968     {K_F3,		IF_EB("\033[13;*~", ESC_STR "[13;*~")},
969     {K_F4,		IF_EB("\033[14;*~", ESC_STR "[14;*~")},
970     {K_F5,		IF_EB("\033[15;*~", ESC_STR "[15;*~")},
971     {K_F6,		IF_EB("\033[17;*~", ESC_STR "[17;*~")},
972     {K_F7,		IF_EB("\033[18;*~", ESC_STR "[18;*~")},
973     {K_F8,		IF_EB("\033[19;*~", ESC_STR "[19;*~")},
974     {K_F9,		IF_EB("\033[20;*~", ESC_STR "[20;*~")},
975     {K_F10,		IF_EB("\033[21;*~", ESC_STR "[21;*~")},
976     {K_F11,		IF_EB("\033[23;*~", ESC_STR "[23;*~")},
977     {K_F12,		IF_EB("\033[24;*~", ESC_STR "[24;*~")},
978     {K_S_TAB,		IF_EB("\033[Z", ESC_STR "[Z")},
979     {K_HELP,		IF_EB("\033[28;*~", ESC_STR "[28;*~")},
980     {K_UNDO,		IF_EB("\033[26;*~", ESC_STR "[26;*~")},
981     {K_INS,		IF_EB("\033[2;*~", ESC_STR "[2;*~")},
982     {K_HOME,		IF_EB("\033[1;*H", ESC_STR "[1;*H")},
983     /* {K_S_HOME,		IF_EB("\033O2H", ESC_STR "O2H")}, */
984     /* {K_C_HOME,		IF_EB("\033O5H", ESC_STR "O5H")}, */
985     {K_KHOME,		IF_EB("\033[1;*~", ESC_STR "[1;*~")},
986     {K_XHOME,		IF_EB("\033O*H", ESC_STR "O*H")},	/* other Home */
987     {K_ZHOME,		IF_EB("\033[7;*~", ESC_STR "[7;*~")},	/* other Home */
988     {K_END,		IF_EB("\033[1;*F", ESC_STR "[1;*F")},
989     /* {K_S_END,		IF_EB("\033O2F", ESC_STR "O2F")}, */
990     /* {K_C_END,		IF_EB("\033O5F", ESC_STR "O5F")}, */
991     {K_KEND,		IF_EB("\033[4;*~", ESC_STR "[4;*~")},
992     {K_XEND,		IF_EB("\033O*F", ESC_STR "O*F")},	/* other End */
993     {K_ZEND,		IF_EB("\033[8;*~", ESC_STR "[8;*~")},
994     {K_PAGEUP,		IF_EB("\033[5;*~", ESC_STR "[5;*~")},
995     {K_PAGEDOWN,	IF_EB("\033[6;*~", ESC_STR "[6;*~")},
996     {K_KPLUS,		IF_EB("\033O*k", ESC_STR "O*k")},     /* keypad plus */
997     {K_KMINUS,		IF_EB("\033O*m", ESC_STR "O*m")},     /* keypad minus */
998     {K_KDIVIDE,		IF_EB("\033O*o", ESC_STR "O*o")},     /* keypad / */
999     {K_KMULTIPLY,	IF_EB("\033O*j", ESC_STR "O*j")},     /* keypad * */
1000     {K_KENTER,		IF_EB("\033O*M", ESC_STR "O*M")},     /* keypad Enter */
1001     {K_KPOINT,		IF_EB("\033O*n", ESC_STR "O*n")},     /* keypad . */
1002     {K_K0,		IF_EB("\033O*p", ESC_STR "O*p")},     /* keypad 0 */
1003     {K_K1,		IF_EB("\033O*q", ESC_STR "O*q")},     /* keypad 1 */
1004     {K_K2,		IF_EB("\033O*r", ESC_STR "O*r")},     /* keypad 2 */
1005     {K_K3,		IF_EB("\033O*s", ESC_STR "O*s")},     /* keypad 3 */
1006     {K_K4,		IF_EB("\033O*t", ESC_STR "O*t")},     /* keypad 4 */
1007     {K_K5,		IF_EB("\033O*u", ESC_STR "O*u")},     /* keypad 5 */
1008     {K_K6,		IF_EB("\033O*v", ESC_STR "O*v")},     /* keypad 6 */
1009     {K_K7,		IF_EB("\033O*w", ESC_STR "O*w")},     /* keypad 7 */
1010     {K_K8,		IF_EB("\033O*x", ESC_STR "O*x")},     /* keypad 8 */
1011     {K_K9,		IF_EB("\033O*y", ESC_STR "O*y")},     /* keypad 9 */
1012     {K_KDEL,		IF_EB("\033[3;*~", ESC_STR "[3;*~")}, /* keypad Del */
1013     {K_PS,		IF_EB("\033[200~", ESC_STR "[200~")}, /* paste start */
1014     {K_PE,		IF_EB("\033[201~", ESC_STR "[201~")}, /* paste end */
1015 
1016     {BT_EXTRA_KEYS,   ""},
1017     {TERMCAP2KEY('k', '0'), IF_EB("\033[10;*~", ESC_STR "[10;*~")}, /* F0 */
1018     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', '3'), IF_EB("\033[25;*~", ESC_STR "[25;*~")}, /* F13 */
1019     /* F14 and F15 are missing, because they send the same codes as the undo
1020      * and help key, although they don't work on all keyboards. */
1021     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', '6'), IF_EB("\033[29;*~", ESC_STR "[29;*~")}, /* F16 */
1022     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', '7'), IF_EB("\033[31;*~", ESC_STR "[31;*~")}, /* F17 */
1023     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', '8'), IF_EB("\033[32;*~", ESC_STR "[32;*~")}, /* F18 */
1024     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', '9'), IF_EB("\033[33;*~", ESC_STR "[33;*~")}, /* F19 */
1025     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'A'), IF_EB("\033[34;*~", ESC_STR "[34;*~")}, /* F20 */
1026 
1027     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'B'), IF_EB("\033[42;*~", ESC_STR "[42;*~")}, /* F21 */
1028     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'C'), IF_EB("\033[43;*~", ESC_STR "[43;*~")}, /* F22 */
1029     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'D'), IF_EB("\033[44;*~", ESC_STR "[44;*~")}, /* F23 */
1030     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'E'), IF_EB("\033[45;*~", ESC_STR "[45;*~")}, /* F24 */
1031     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'F'), IF_EB("\033[46;*~", ESC_STR "[46;*~")}, /* F25 */
1032     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'G'), IF_EB("\033[47;*~", ESC_STR "[47;*~")}, /* F26 */
1033     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'H'), IF_EB("\033[48;*~", ESC_STR "[48;*~")}, /* F27 */
1034     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'I'), IF_EB("\033[49;*~", ESC_STR "[49;*~")}, /* F28 */
1035     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'J'), IF_EB("\033[50;*~", ESC_STR "[50;*~")}, /* F29 */
1036     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'K'), IF_EB("\033[51;*~", ESC_STR "[51;*~")}, /* F30 */
1037 
1038     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'L'), IF_EB("\033[52;*~", ESC_STR "[52;*~")}, /* F31 */
1039     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'M'), IF_EB("\033[53;*~", ESC_STR "[53;*~")}, /* F32 */
1040     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'N'), IF_EB("\033[54;*~", ESC_STR "[54;*~")}, /* F33 */
1041     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'O'), IF_EB("\033[55;*~", ESC_STR "[55;*~")}, /* F34 */
1042     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'P'), IF_EB("\033[56;*~", ESC_STR "[56;*~")}, /* F35 */
1043     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'Q'), IF_EB("\033[57;*~", ESC_STR "[57;*~")}, /* F36 */
1044     {TERMCAP2KEY('F', 'R'), IF_EB("\033[58;*~", ESC_STR "[58;*~")}, /* F37 */
1045 # endif
1046 
1047 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
1048 /*
1049  * iris-ansi for Silicon Graphics machines.
1050  */
1051     {(int)KS_NAME,	"iris-ansi"},
1052     {(int)KS_CE,	"\033[K"},
1053     {(int)KS_CD,	"\033[J"},
1054     {(int)KS_AL,	"\033[L"},
1055 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1056     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%p1%dL"},
1057 #  else
1058     {(int)KS_CAL,	"\033[%dL"},
1059 #  endif
1060     {(int)KS_DL,	"\033[M"},
1061 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1062     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%p1%dM"},
1063 #  else
1064     {(int)KS_CDL,	"\033[%dM"},
1065 #  endif
1066 #if 0	/* The scroll region is not working as Vim expects. */
1067 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1068     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr"},
1069 #  else
1070     {(int)KS_CS,	"\033[%i%d;%dr"},
1071 #  endif
1072 #endif
1073     {(int)KS_CL,	"\033[H\033[2J"},
1074     {(int)KS_VE,	"\033[9/y\033[12/y"},	/* These aren't documented */
1075     {(int)KS_VS,	"\033[10/y\033[=1h\033[=2l"}, /* These aren't documented */
1076     {(int)KS_TI,	"\033[=6h"},
1077     {(int)KS_TE,	"\033[=6l"},
1078     {(int)KS_SE,	"\033[21;27m"},
1079     {(int)KS_SO,	"\033[1;7m"},
1080     {(int)KS_ME,	"\033[m"},
1081     {(int)KS_MR,	"\033[7m"},
1082     {(int)KS_MD,	"\033[1m"},
1083     {(int)KS_CCO,	"8"},			/* allow 8 colors */
1084     {(int)KS_CZH,	"\033[3m"},		/* italic mode on */
1085     {(int)KS_CZR,	"\033[23m"},		/* italic mode off */
1086     {(int)KS_US,	"\033[4m"},		/* underline on */
1087     {(int)KS_UE,	"\033[24m"},		/* underline off */
1088 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1089     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%p1%dm"},    /* set background color (ANSI) */
1090     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%p1%dm"},    /* set foreground color (ANSI) */
1091     {(int)KS_CSB,	"\033[102;%p1%dm"}, /* set screen background color */
1092     {(int)KS_CSF,	"\033[101;%p1%dm"}, /* set screen foreground color */
1093 #  else
1094     {(int)KS_CAB,	"\033[4%dm"},	    /* set background color (ANSI) */
1095     {(int)KS_CAF,	"\033[3%dm"},	    /* set foreground color (ANSI) */
1096     {(int)KS_CSB,	"\033[102;%dm"},    /* set screen background color */
1097     {(int)KS_CSF,	"\033[101;%dm"},    /* set screen foreground color */
1098 #  endif
1099     {(int)KS_MS,	"y"},		/* guessed */
1100     {(int)KS_UT,	"y"},		/* guessed */
1101     {(int)KS_LE,	"\b"},
1102 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1103     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH"},
1104 #  else
1105     {(int)KS_CM,	"\033[%i%d;%dH"},
1106 #  endif
1107     {(int)KS_SR,	"\033M"},
1108 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1109     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%p1%dC"},
1110 #  else
1111     {(int)KS_CRI,	"\033[%dC"},
1112 #  endif
1113     {(int)KS_CIS,	"\033P3.y"},
1114     {(int)KS_CIE,	"\234"},    /* ST "String Terminator" */
1115     {(int)KS_TS,	"\033P1.y"},
1116     {(int)KS_FS,	"\234"},    /* ST "String Terminator" */
1117 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1118     {(int)KS_CWS,	"\033[203;%p1%d;%p2%d/y"},
1119     {(int)KS_CWP,	"\033[205;%p1%d;%p2%d/y"},
1120 #  else
1121     {(int)KS_CWS,	"\033[203;%d;%d/y"},
1122     {(int)KS_CWP,	"\033[205;%d;%d/y"},
1123 #  endif
1124     {K_UP,		"\033[A"},
1125     {K_DOWN,		"\033[B"},
1126     {K_LEFT,		"\033[D"},
1127     {K_RIGHT,		"\033[C"},
1128     {K_S_UP,		"\033[161q"},
1129     {K_S_DOWN,		"\033[164q"},
1130     {K_S_LEFT,		"\033[158q"},
1131     {K_S_RIGHT,		"\033[167q"},
1132     {K_F1,		"\033[001q"},
1133     {K_F2,		"\033[002q"},
1134     {K_F3,		"\033[003q"},
1135     {K_F4,		"\033[004q"},
1136     {K_F5,		"\033[005q"},
1137     {K_F6,		"\033[006q"},
1138     {K_F7,		"\033[007q"},
1139     {K_F8,		"\033[008q"},
1140     {K_F9,		"\033[009q"},
1141     {K_F10,		"\033[010q"},
1142     {K_F11,		"\033[011q"},
1143     {K_F12,		"\033[012q"},
1144     {K_S_F1,		"\033[013q"},
1145     {K_S_F2,		"\033[014q"},
1146     {K_S_F3,		"\033[015q"},
1147     {K_S_F4,		"\033[016q"},
1148     {K_S_F5,		"\033[017q"},
1149     {K_S_F6,		"\033[018q"},
1150     {K_S_F7,		"\033[019q"},
1151     {K_S_F8,		"\033[020q"},
1152     {K_S_F9,		"\033[021q"},
1153     {K_S_F10,		"\033[022q"},
1154     {K_S_F11,		"\033[023q"},
1155     {K_S_F12,		"\033[024q"},
1156     {K_INS,		"\033[139q"},
1157     {K_HOME,		"\033[H"},
1158     {K_END,		"\033[146q"},
1159     {K_PAGEUP,		"\033[150q"},
1160     {K_PAGEDOWN,	"\033[154q"},
1161 # endif
1162 
1163 # if defined(DEBUG) || defined(ALL_BUILTIN_TCAPS)
1164 /*
1165  * for debugging
1166  */
1167     {(int)KS_NAME,	"debug"},
1168     {(int)KS_CE,	"[CE]"},
1169     {(int)KS_CD,	"[CD]"},
1170     {(int)KS_AL,	"[AL]"},
1171 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1172     {(int)KS_CAL,	"[CAL%p1%d]"},
1173 #  else
1174     {(int)KS_CAL,	"[CAL%d]"},
1175 #  endif
1176     {(int)KS_DL,	"[DL]"},
1177 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1178     {(int)KS_CDL,	"[CDL%p1%d]"},
1179 #  else
1180     {(int)KS_CDL,	"[CDL%d]"},
1181 #  endif
1182 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1183     {(int)KS_CS,	"[%p1%dCS%p2%d]"},
1184 #  else
1185     {(int)KS_CS,	"[%dCS%d]"},
1186 #  endif
1187 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1188     {(int)KS_CSV,	"[%p1%dCSV%p2%d]"},
1189 #  else
1190     {(int)KS_CSV,	"[%dCSV%d]"},
1191 #  endif
1192 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1193     {(int)KS_CAB,	"[CAB%p1%d]"},
1194     {(int)KS_CAF,	"[CAF%p1%d]"},
1195     {(int)KS_CSB,	"[CSB%p1%d]"},
1196     {(int)KS_CSF,	"[CSF%p1%d]"},
1197 #  else
1198     {(int)KS_CAB,	"[CAB%d]"},
1199     {(int)KS_CAF,	"[CAF%d]"},
1200     {(int)KS_CSB,	"[CSB%d]"},
1201     {(int)KS_CSF,	"[CSF%d]"},
1202 #  endif
1203     {(int)KS_OP,	"[OP]"},
1204     {(int)KS_LE,	"[LE]"},
1205     {(int)KS_CL,	"[CL]"},
1206     {(int)KS_VI,	"[VI]"},
1207     {(int)KS_VE,	"[VE]"},
1208     {(int)KS_VS,	"[VS]"},
1209     {(int)KS_ME,	"[ME]"},
1210     {(int)KS_MR,	"[MR]"},
1211     {(int)KS_MB,	"[MB]"},
1212     {(int)KS_MD,	"[MD]"},
1213     {(int)KS_SE,	"[SE]"},
1214     {(int)KS_SO,	"[SO]"},
1215     {(int)KS_UE,	"[UE]"},
1216     {(int)KS_US,	"[US]"},
1217     {(int)KS_UCE,	"[UCE]"},
1218     {(int)KS_UCS,	"[UCS]"},
1219     {(int)KS_STE,	"[STE]"},
1220     {(int)KS_STS,	"[STS]"},
1221     {(int)KS_MS,	"[MS]"},
1222     {(int)KS_UT,	"[UT]"},
1223     {(int)KS_XN,	"[XN]"},
1224 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1225     {(int)KS_CM,	"[%p1%dCM%p2%d]"},
1226 #  else
1227     {(int)KS_CM,	"[%dCM%d]"},
1228 #  endif
1229     {(int)KS_SR,	"[SR]"},
1230 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1231     {(int)KS_CRI,	"[CRI%p1%d]"},
1232 #  else
1233     {(int)KS_CRI,	"[CRI%d]"},
1234 #  endif
1235     {(int)KS_VB,	"[VB]"},
1236     {(int)KS_KS,	"[KS]"},
1237     {(int)KS_KE,	"[KE]"},
1238     {(int)KS_TI,	"[TI]"},
1239     {(int)KS_TE,	"[TE]"},
1240     {(int)KS_CIS,	"[CIS]"},
1241     {(int)KS_CIE,	"[CIE]"},
1242     {(int)KS_CSC,	"[CSC]"},
1243     {(int)KS_CEC,	"[CEC]"},
1244     {(int)KS_TS,	"[TS]"},
1245     {(int)KS_FS,	"[FS]"},
1246 #  ifdef TERMINFO
1247     {(int)KS_CWS,	"[%p1%dCWS%p2%d]"},
1248     {(int)KS_CWP,	"[%p1%dCWP%p2%d]"},
1249 #  else
1250     {(int)KS_CWS,	"[%dCWS%d]"},
1251     {(int)KS_CWP,	"[%dCWP%d]"},
1252 #  endif
1253     {(int)KS_CRV,	"[CRV]"},
1254     {(int)KS_U7,	"[U7]"},
1255     {(int)KS_RFG,	"[RFG]"},
1256     {(int)KS_RBG,	"[RBG]"},
1257     {K_UP,		"[KU]"},
1258     {K_DOWN,		"[KD]"},
1259     {K_LEFT,		"[KL]"},
1260     {K_RIGHT,		"[KR]"},
1261     {K_XUP,		"[xKU]"},
1262     {K_XDOWN,		"[xKD]"},
1263     {K_XLEFT,		"[xKL]"},
1264     {K_XRIGHT,		"[xKR]"},
1265     {K_S_UP,		"[S-KU]"},
1266     {K_S_DOWN,		"[S-KD]"},
1267     {K_S_LEFT,		"[S-KL]"},
1268     {K_C_LEFT,		"[C-KL]"},
1269     {K_S_RIGHT,		"[S-KR]"},
1270     {K_C_RIGHT,		"[C-KR]"},
1271     {K_F1,		"[F1]"},
1272     {K_XF1,		"[xF1]"},
1273     {K_F2,		"[F2]"},
1274     {K_XF2,		"[xF2]"},
1275     {K_F3,		"[F3]"},
1276     {K_XF3,		"[xF3]"},
1277     {K_F4,		"[F4]"},
1278     {K_XF4,		"[xF4]"},
1279     {K_F5,		"[F5]"},
1280     {K_F6,		"[F6]"},
1281     {K_F7,		"[F7]"},
1282     {K_F8,		"[F8]"},
1283     {K_F9,		"[F9]"},
1284     {K_F10,		"[F10]"},
1285     {K_F11,		"[F11]"},
1286     {K_F12,		"[F12]"},
1287     {K_S_F1,		"[S-F1]"},
1288     {K_S_XF1,		"[S-xF1]"},
1289     {K_S_F2,		"[S-F2]"},
1290     {K_S_XF2,		"[S-xF2]"},
1291     {K_S_F3,		"[S-F3]"},
1292     {K_S_XF3,		"[S-xF3]"},
1293     {K_S_F4,		"[S-F4]"},
1294     {K_S_XF4,		"[S-xF4]"},
1295     {K_S_F5,		"[S-F5]"},
1296     {K_S_F6,		"[S-F6]"},
1297     {K_S_F7,		"[S-F7]"},
1298     {K_S_F8,		"[S-F8]"},
1299     {K_S_F9,		"[S-F9]"},
1300     {K_S_F10,		"[S-F10]"},
1301     {K_S_F11,		"[S-F11]"},
1302     {K_S_F12,		"[S-F12]"},
1303     {K_HELP,		"[HELP]"},
1304     {K_UNDO,		"[UNDO]"},
1305     {K_BS,		"[BS]"},
1306     {K_INS,		"[INS]"},
1307     {K_KINS,		"[KINS]"},
1308     {K_DEL,		"[DEL]"},
1309     {K_KDEL,		"[KDEL]"},
1310     {K_HOME,		"[HOME]"},
1311     {K_S_HOME,		"[C-HOME]"},
1312     {K_C_HOME,		"[C-HOME]"},
1313     {K_KHOME,		"[KHOME]"},
1314     {K_XHOME,		"[XHOME]"},
1315     {K_ZHOME,		"[ZHOME]"},
1316     {K_END,		"[END]"},
1317     {K_S_END,		"[C-END]"},
1318     {K_C_END,		"[C-END]"},
1319     {K_KEND,		"[KEND]"},
1320     {K_XEND,		"[XEND]"},
1321     {K_ZEND,		"[ZEND]"},
1322     {K_PAGEUP,		"[PAGEUP]"},
1323     {K_PAGEDOWN,	"[PAGEDOWN]"},
1324     {K_KPAGEUP,		"[KPAGEUP]"},
1325     {K_KPAGEDOWN,	"[KPAGEDOWN]"},
1326     {K_MOUSE,		"[MOUSE]"},
1327     {K_KPLUS,		"[KPLUS]"},
1328     {K_KMINUS,		"[KMINUS]"},
1329     {K_KDIVIDE,		"[KDIVIDE]"},
1330     {K_KMULTIPLY,	"[KMULTIPLY]"},
1331     {K_KENTER,		"[KENTER]"},
1332     {K_KPOINT,		"[KPOINT]"},
1333     {K_PS,		"[PASTE-START]"},
1334     {K_PE,		"[PASTE-END]"},
1335     {K_K0,		"[K0]"},
1336     {K_K1,		"[K1]"},
1337     {K_K2,		"[K2]"},
1338     {K_K3,		"[K3]"},
1339     {K_K4,		"[K4]"},
1340     {K_K5,		"[K5]"},
1341     {K_K6,		"[K6]"},
1342     {K_K7,		"[K7]"},
1343     {K_K8,		"[K8]"},
1344     {K_K9,		"[K9]"},
1345 # endif
1346 
1347 #endif /* NO_BUILTIN_TCAPS */
1348 
1349 /*
1350  * The most minimal terminal: only clear screen and cursor positioning
1351  * Always included.
1352  */
1353     {(int)KS_NAME,	"dumb"},
1354     {(int)KS_CL,	"\014"},
1355 #ifdef TERMINFO
1356     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH",
1357 						  ESC_STR "[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH")},
1358 #else
1359     {(int)KS_CM,	IF_EB("\033[%i%d;%dH", ESC_STR "[%i%d;%dH")},
1360 #endif
1361 
1362 /*
1363  * end marker
1364  */
1365     {(int)KS_NAME,	NULL}
1366 
1367 };	/* end of builtin_termcaps */
1368 
1369 #if defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS) || defined(PROTO)
1370     guicolor_T
1371 termgui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
1372 {
1373     return gui_get_color_cmn(name);
1374 }
1375 
1376     guicolor_T
1377 termgui_get_color(char_u *name)
1378 {
1379     guicolor_T	t;
1380 
1381     if (*name == NUL)
1382 	return INVALCOLOR;
1383     t = termgui_mch_get_color(name);
1384 
1385     if (t == INVALCOLOR)
1386 	semsg(_("E254: Cannot allocate color %s"), name);
1387     return t;
1388 }
1389 
1390     guicolor_T
1391 termgui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T color)
1392 {
1393     return color;
1394 }
1395 #endif
1396 
1397 /*
1398  * DEFAULT_TERM is used, when no terminal is specified with -T option or $TERM.
1399  */
1400 #ifdef AMIGA
1401 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"amiga"
1402 #endif
1403 
1404 #ifdef MSWIN
1405 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"win32"
1406 #endif
1407 
1408 #if defined(UNIX) && !defined(__MINT__)
1409 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"ansi"
1410 #endif
1411 
1412 #ifdef __MINT__
1413 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"vt52"
1414 #endif
1415 
1416 #ifdef VMS
1417 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"vt320"
1418 #endif
1419 
1420 #ifdef __BEOS__
1421 # undef DEFAULT_TERM
1422 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"beos-ansi"
1423 #endif
1424 
1425 #ifndef DEFAULT_TERM
1426 # define DEFAULT_TERM	(char_u *)"dumb"
1427 #endif
1428 
1429 /*
1430  * Term_strings contains currently used terminal output strings.
1431  * It is initialized with the default values by parse_builtin_tcap().
1432  * The values can be changed by setting the option with the same name.
1433  */
1434 char_u *(term_strings[(int)KS_LAST + 1]);
1435 
1436 static int	need_gather = FALSE;	    /* need to fill termleader[] */
1437 static char_u	termleader[256 + 1];	    /* for check_termcode() */
1438 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
1439 static int	check_for_codes = FALSE;    /* check for key code response */
1440 static int	is_not_xterm = FALSE;	    /* recognized not-really-xterm */
1441 #endif
1442 
1443     static struct builtin_term *
1444 find_builtin_term(char_u *term)
1445 {
1446     struct builtin_term *p;
1447 
1448     p = builtin_termcaps;
1449     while (p->bt_string != NULL)
1450     {
1451 	if (p->bt_entry == (int)KS_NAME)
1452 	{
1453 #ifdef UNIX
1454 	    if (STRCMP(p->bt_string, "iris-ansi") == 0 && vim_is_iris(term))
1455 		return p;
1456 	    else if (STRCMP(p->bt_string, "xterm") == 0 && vim_is_xterm(term))
1457 		return p;
1458 	    else
1459 #endif
1460 #ifdef VMS
1461 		if (STRCMP(p->bt_string, "vt320") == 0 && vim_is_vt300(term))
1462 		    return p;
1463 		else
1464 #endif
1465 		  if (STRCMP(term, p->bt_string) == 0)
1466 		    return p;
1467 	}
1468 	++p;
1469     }
1470     return p;
1471 }
1472 
1473 /*
1474  * Parsing of the builtin termcap entries.
1475  * Caller should check if 'name' is a valid builtin term.
1476  * The terminal's name is not set, as this is already done in termcapinit().
1477  */
1478     static void
1479 parse_builtin_tcap(char_u *term)
1480 {
1481     struct builtin_term	    *p;
1482     char_u		    name[2];
1483     int			    term_8bit;
1484 
1485     p = find_builtin_term(term);
1486     term_8bit = term_is_8bit(term);
1487 
1488     /* Do not parse if builtin term not found */
1489     if (p->bt_string == NULL)
1490 	return;
1491 
1492     for (++p; p->bt_entry != (int)KS_NAME && p->bt_entry != BT_EXTRA_KEYS; ++p)
1493     {
1494 	if ((int)p->bt_entry >= 0)	/* KS_xx entry */
1495 	{
1496 	    /* Only set the value if it wasn't set yet. */
1497 	    if (term_strings[p->bt_entry] == NULL
1498 				 || term_strings[p->bt_entry] == empty_option)
1499 	    {
1500 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1501 		int opt_idx = -1;
1502 #endif
1503 		/* 8bit terminal: use CSI instead of <Esc>[ */
1504 		if (term_8bit && term_7to8bit((char_u *)p->bt_string) != 0)
1505 		{
1506 		    char_u  *s, *t;
1507 
1508 		    s = vim_strsave((char_u *)p->bt_string);
1509 		    if (s != NULL)
1510 		    {
1511 			for (t = s; *t; ++t)
1512 			    if (term_7to8bit(t))
1513 			    {
1514 				*t = term_7to8bit(t);
1515 				STRMOVE(t + 1, t + 2);
1516 			    }
1517 			term_strings[p->bt_entry] = s;
1518 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1519 			opt_idx =
1520 #endif
1521 				  set_term_option_alloced(
1522 						   &term_strings[p->bt_entry]);
1523 		    }
1524 		}
1525 		else
1526 		{
1527 		    term_strings[p->bt_entry] = (char_u *)p->bt_string;
1528 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1529 		    opt_idx = get_term_opt_idx(&term_strings[p->bt_entry]);
1530 #endif
1531 		}
1532 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1533 		set_term_option_sctx_idx(NULL, opt_idx);
1534 #endif
1535 	    }
1536 	}
1537 	else
1538 	{
1539 	    name[0] = KEY2TERMCAP0((int)p->bt_entry);
1540 	    name[1] = KEY2TERMCAP1((int)p->bt_entry);
1541 	    if (find_termcode(name) == NULL)
1542 		add_termcode(name, (char_u *)p->bt_string, term_8bit);
1543 	}
1544     }
1545 }
1546 
1547 /*
1548  * Set number of colors.
1549  * Store it as a number in t_colors.
1550  * Store it as a string in T_CCO (using nr_colors[]).
1551  */
1552     static void
1553 set_color_count(int nr)
1554 {
1555     char_u	nr_colors[20];		/* string for number of colors */
1556 
1557     t_colors = nr;
1558     if (t_colors > 1)
1559 	sprintf((char *)nr_colors, "%d", t_colors);
1560     else
1561 	*nr_colors = NUL;
1562     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"t_Co", -1, nr_colors, OPT_FREE, 0);
1563 }
1564 
1565 #if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE)
1566 /*
1567  * Set the color count to "val" and redraw if it changed.
1568  */
1569     static void
1570 may_adjust_color_count(int val)
1571 {
1572     if (val != t_colors)
1573     {
1574 	/* Nr of colors changed, initialize highlighting and
1575 	 * redraw everything.  This causes a redraw, which usually
1576 	 * clears the message.  Try keeping the message if it
1577 	 * might work. */
1578 	set_keep_msg_from_hist();
1579 	set_color_count(val);
1580 	init_highlight(TRUE, FALSE);
1581 # ifdef DEBUG_TERMRESPONSE
1582 	{
1583 	    int r = redraw_asap(CLEAR);
1584 
1585 	    log_tr("Received t_Co, redraw_asap(): %d", r);
1586 	}
1587 #else
1588 	redraw_asap(CLEAR);
1589 #endif
1590     }
1591 }
1592 #endif
1593 
1594 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1595 static char *(key_names[]) =
1596 {
1597 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
1598     /* Do this one first, it may cause a screen redraw. */
1599     "Co",
1600 #endif
1601     "ku", "kd", "kr", "kl",
1602     "#2", "#4", "%i", "*7",
1603     "k1", "k2", "k3", "k4", "k5", "k6",
1604     "k7", "k8", "k9", "k;", "F1", "F2",
1605     "%1", "&8", "kb", "kI", "kD", "kh",
1606     "@7", "kP", "kN", "K1", "K3", "K4", "K5", "kB",
1607     NULL
1608 };
1609 #endif
1610 
1611 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1612     static void
1613 get_term_entries(int *height, int *width)
1614 {
1615     static struct {
1616 		    enum SpecialKey dest; /* index in term_strings[] */
1617 		    char *name;		  /* termcap name for string */
1618 		  } string_names[] =
1619 		    {	{KS_CE, "ce"}, {KS_AL, "al"}, {KS_CAL,"AL"},
1620 			{KS_DL, "dl"}, {KS_CDL,"DL"}, {KS_CS, "cs"},
1621 			{KS_CL, "cl"}, {KS_CD, "cd"},
1622 			{KS_VI, "vi"}, {KS_VE, "ve"}, {KS_MB, "mb"},
1623 			{KS_ME, "me"}, {KS_MR, "mr"},
1624 			{KS_MD, "md"}, {KS_SE, "se"}, {KS_SO, "so"},
1625 			{KS_CZH,"ZH"}, {KS_CZR,"ZR"}, {KS_UE, "ue"},
1626 			{KS_US, "us"}, {KS_UCE, "Ce"}, {KS_UCS, "Cs"},
1627 			{KS_STE,"Te"}, {KS_STS,"Ts"},
1628 			{KS_CM, "cm"}, {KS_SR, "sr"},
1629 			{KS_CRI,"RI"}, {KS_VB, "vb"}, {KS_KS, "ks"},
1630 			{KS_KE, "ke"}, {KS_TI, "ti"}, {KS_TE, "te"},
1631 			{KS_BC, "bc"}, {KS_CSB,"Sb"}, {KS_CSF,"Sf"},
1632 			{KS_CAB,"AB"}, {KS_CAF,"AF"}, {KS_LE, "le"},
1633 			{KS_ND, "nd"}, {KS_OP, "op"}, {KS_CRV, "RV"},
1634 			{KS_VS, "vs"}, {KS_CVS, "VS"},
1635 			{KS_CIS, "IS"}, {KS_CIE, "IE"},
1636 			{KS_CSC, "SC"}, {KS_CEC, "EC"},
1637 			{KS_TS, "ts"}, {KS_FS, "fs"},
1638 			{KS_CWP, "WP"}, {KS_CWS, "WS"},
1639 			{KS_CSI, "SI"}, {KS_CEI, "EI"},
1640 			{KS_U7, "u7"}, {KS_RFG, "RF"}, {KS_RBG, "RB"},
1641 			{KS_8F, "8f"}, {KS_8B, "8b"},
1642 			{KS_CBE, "BE"}, {KS_CBD, "BD"},
1643 			{KS_CPS, "PS"}, {KS_CPE, "PE"},
1644 			{KS_CST, "ST"}, {KS_CRT, "RT"},
1645 			{KS_SSI, "Si"}, {KS_SRI, "Ri"},
1646 			{(enum SpecialKey)0, NULL}
1647 		    };
1648     int		    i;
1649     char_u	    *p;
1650     static char_u   tstrbuf[TBUFSZ];
1651     char_u	    *tp = tstrbuf;
1652 
1653     /*
1654      * get output strings
1655      */
1656     for (i = 0; string_names[i].name != NULL; ++i)
1657     {
1658 	if (TERM_STR(string_names[i].dest) == NULL
1659 			     || TERM_STR(string_names[i].dest) == empty_option)
1660 	{
1661 	    TERM_STR(string_names[i].dest) = TGETSTR(string_names[i].name, &tp);
1662 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1663 	    set_term_option_sctx_idx(string_names[i].name, -1);
1664 #endif
1665 	}
1666     }
1667 
1668     /* tgetflag() returns 1 if the flag is present, 0 if not and
1669      * possibly -1 if the flag doesn't exist. */
1670     if ((T_MS == NULL || T_MS == empty_option) && tgetflag("ms") > 0)
1671 	T_MS = (char_u *)"y";
1672     if ((T_XS == NULL || T_XS == empty_option) && tgetflag("xs") > 0)
1673 	T_XS = (char_u *)"y";
1674     if ((T_XN == NULL || T_XN == empty_option) && tgetflag("xn") > 0)
1675 	T_XN = (char_u *)"y";
1676     if ((T_DB == NULL || T_DB == empty_option) && tgetflag("db") > 0)
1677 	T_DB = (char_u *)"y";
1678     if ((T_DA == NULL || T_DA == empty_option) && tgetflag("da") > 0)
1679 	T_DA = (char_u *)"y";
1680     if ((T_UT == NULL || T_UT == empty_option) && tgetflag("ut") > 0)
1681 	T_UT = (char_u *)"y";
1682 
1683     /*
1684      * get key codes
1685      */
1686     for (i = 0; key_names[i] != NULL; ++i)
1687 	if (find_termcode((char_u *)key_names[i]) == NULL)
1688 	{
1689 	    p = TGETSTR(key_names[i], &tp);
1690 	    /* if cursor-left == backspace, ignore it (televideo 925) */
1691 	    if (p != NULL
1692 		    && (*p != Ctrl_H
1693 			|| key_names[i][0] != 'k'
1694 			|| key_names[i][1] != 'l'))
1695 		add_termcode((char_u *)key_names[i], p, FALSE);
1696 	}
1697 
1698     if (*height == 0)
1699 	*height = tgetnum("li");
1700     if (*width == 0)
1701 	*width = tgetnum("co");
1702 
1703     /*
1704      * Get number of colors (if not done already).
1705      */
1706     if (TERM_STR(KS_CCO) == NULL || TERM_STR(KS_CCO) == empty_option)
1707     {
1708 	set_color_count(tgetnum("Co"));
1709 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1710 	set_term_option_sctx_idx("Co", -1);
1711 #endif
1712     }
1713 
1714 # ifndef hpux
1715     BC = (char *)TGETSTR("bc", &tp);
1716     UP = (char *)TGETSTR("up", &tp);
1717     p = TGETSTR("pc", &tp);
1718     if (p)
1719 	PC = *p;
1720 # endif
1721 }
1722 #endif
1723 
1724     static void
1725 report_term_error(char *error_msg, char_u *term)
1726 {
1727     struct builtin_term *termp;
1728 
1729     mch_errmsg("\r\n");
1730     if (error_msg != NULL)
1731     {
1732 	mch_errmsg(error_msg);
1733 	mch_errmsg("\r\n");
1734     }
1735     mch_errmsg("'");
1736     mch_errmsg((char *)term);
1737     mch_errmsg(_("' not known. Available builtin terminals are:"));
1738     mch_errmsg("\r\n");
1739     for (termp = &(builtin_termcaps[0]); termp->bt_string != NULL; ++termp)
1740     {
1741 	if (termp->bt_entry == (int)KS_NAME)
1742 	{
1743 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1744 	    mch_errmsg("    builtin_");
1745 #else
1746 	    mch_errmsg("    ");
1747 #endif
1748 	    mch_errmsg(termp->bt_string);
1749 	    mch_errmsg("\r\n");
1750 	}
1751     }
1752 }
1753 
1754     static void
1755 report_default_term(char_u *term)
1756 {
1757     mch_errmsg(_("defaulting to '"));
1758     mch_errmsg((char *)term);
1759     mch_errmsg("'\r\n");
1760     if (emsg_silent == 0)
1761     {
1762 	screen_start();	/* don't know where cursor is now */
1763 	out_flush();
1764 	if (!is_not_a_term())
1765 	    ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
1766     }
1767 }
1768 
1769 /*
1770  * Set terminal options for terminal "term".
1771  * Return OK if terminal 'term' was found in a termcap, FAIL otherwise.
1772  *
1773  * While doing this, until ttest(), some options may be NULL, be careful.
1774  */
1775     int
1776 set_termname(char_u *term)
1777 {
1778     struct builtin_term *termp;
1779 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1780     int		builtin_first = p_tbi;
1781     int		try;
1782     int		termcap_cleared = FALSE;
1783 #endif
1784     int		width = 0, height = 0;
1785     char	*error_msg = NULL;
1786     char_u	*bs_p, *del_p;
1787 
1788     /* In silect mode (ex -s) we don't use the 'term' option. */
1789     if (silent_mode)
1790 	return OK;
1791 
1792     detected_8bit = FALSE;		/* reset 8-bit detection */
1793 
1794     if (term_is_builtin(term))
1795     {
1796 	term += 8;
1797 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1798 	builtin_first = 1;
1799 #endif
1800     }
1801 
1802 /*
1803  * If HAVE_TGETENT is not defined, only the builtin termcap is used, otherwise:
1804  *   If builtin_first is TRUE:
1805  *     0. try builtin termcap
1806  *     1. try external termcap
1807  *     2. if both fail default to a builtin terminal
1808  *   If builtin_first is FALSE:
1809  *     1. try external termcap
1810  *     2. try builtin termcap, if both fail default to a builtin terminal
1811  */
1812 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1813     for (try = builtin_first ? 0 : 1; try < 3; ++try)
1814     {
1815 	/*
1816 	 * Use external termcap
1817 	 */
1818 	if (try == 1)
1819 	{
1820 	    char_u	    tbuf[TBUFSZ];
1821 
1822 	    /*
1823 	     * If the external termcap does not have a matching entry, try the
1824 	     * builtin ones.
1825 	     */
1826 	    if ((error_msg = tgetent_error(tbuf, term)) == NULL)
1827 	    {
1828 		if (!termcap_cleared)
1829 		{
1830 		    clear_termoptions();	/* clear old options */
1831 		    termcap_cleared = TRUE;
1832 		}
1833 
1834 		get_term_entries(&height, &width);
1835 	    }
1836 	}
1837 	else	    /* try == 0 || try == 2 */
1838 #endif /* HAVE_TGETENT */
1839 	/*
1840 	 * Use builtin termcap
1841 	 */
1842 	{
1843 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1844 	    /*
1845 	     * If builtin termcap was already used, there is no need to search
1846 	     * for the builtin termcap again, quit now.
1847 	     */
1848 	    if (try == 2 && builtin_first && termcap_cleared)
1849 		break;
1850 #endif
1851 	    /*
1852 	     * search for 'term' in builtin_termcaps[]
1853 	     */
1854 	    termp = find_builtin_term(term);
1855 	    if (termp->bt_string == NULL)	/* did not find it */
1856 	    {
1857 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1858 		/*
1859 		 * If try == 0, first try the external termcap. If that is not
1860 		 * found we'll get back here with try == 2.
1861 		 * If termcap_cleared is set we used the external termcap,
1862 		 * don't complain about not finding the term in the builtin
1863 		 * termcap.
1864 		 */
1865 		if (try == 0)			/* try external one */
1866 		    continue;
1867 		if (termcap_cleared)		/* found in external termcap */
1868 		    break;
1869 #endif
1870 		report_term_error(error_msg, term);
1871 
1872 		/* when user typed :set term=xxx, quit here */
1873 		if (starting != NO_SCREEN)
1874 		{
1875 		    screen_start();	/* don't know where cursor is now */
1876 		    wait_return(TRUE);
1877 		    return FAIL;
1878 		}
1879 		term = DEFAULT_TERM;
1880 		report_default_term(term);
1881 		set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"term", -1, term,
1882 								 OPT_FREE, 0);
1883 		display_errors();
1884 	    }
1885 	    out_flush();
1886 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1887 	    if (!termcap_cleared)
1888 	    {
1889 #endif
1890 		clear_termoptions();	    /* clear old options */
1891 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1892 		termcap_cleared = TRUE;
1893 	    }
1894 #endif
1895 	    parse_builtin_tcap(term);
1896 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1897 	    if (term_is_gui(term))
1898 	    {
1899 		out_flush();
1900 		gui_init();
1901 		/* If starting the GUI failed, don't do any of the other
1902 		 * things for this terminal */
1903 		if (!gui.in_use)
1904 		    return FAIL;
1905 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1906 		break;		/* don't try using external termcap */
1907 #endif
1908 	    }
1909 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
1910 	}
1911 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
1912     }
1913 #endif
1914 
1915 /*
1916  * special: There is no info in the termcap about whether the cursor
1917  * positioning is relative to the start of the screen or to the start of the
1918  * scrolling region.  We just guess here. Only msdos pcterm is known to do it
1919  * relative.
1920  */
1921     if (STRCMP(term, "pcterm") == 0)
1922 	T_CCS = (char_u *)"yes";
1923     else
1924 	T_CCS = empty_option;
1925 
1926 #ifdef UNIX
1927 /*
1928  * Any "stty" settings override the default for t_kb from the termcap.
1929  * This is in os_unix.c, because it depends a lot on the version of unix that
1930  * is being used.
1931  * Don't do this when the GUI is active, it uses "t_kb" and "t_kD" directly.
1932  */
1933 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
1934     if (!gui.in_use)
1935 # endif
1936 	get_stty();
1937 #endif
1938 
1939 /*
1940  * If the termcap has no entry for 'bs' and/or 'del' and the ioctl() also
1941  * didn't work, use the default CTRL-H
1942  * The default for t_kD is DEL, unless t_kb is DEL.
1943  * The vim_strsave'd strings are probably lost forever, well it's only two
1944  * bytes.  Don't do this when the GUI is active, it uses "t_kb" and "t_kD"
1945  * directly.
1946  */
1947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1948     if (!gui.in_use)
1949 #endif
1950     {
1951 	bs_p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb");
1952 	del_p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kD");
1953 	if (bs_p == NULL || *bs_p == NUL)
1954 	    add_termcode((char_u *)"kb", (bs_p = (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR), FALSE);
1955 	if ((del_p == NULL || *del_p == NUL) &&
1956 					    (bs_p == NULL || *bs_p != DEL))
1957 	    add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", (char_u *)DEL_STR, FALSE);
1958     }
1959 
1960 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1961     term_is_xterm = vim_is_xterm(term);
1962 #endif
1963 
1964 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1965 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1966 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
1967     /*
1968      * For Unix, set the 'ttymouse' option to the type of mouse to be used.
1969      * The termcode for the mouse is added as a side effect in option.c.
1970      */
1971     {
1972 	char_u	*p = (char_u *)"";
1973 
1974 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM
1975 	if (use_xterm_like_mouse(term))
1976 	{
1977 	    if (use_xterm_mouse())
1978 		p = NULL;	/* keep existing value, might be "xterm2" */
1979 	    else
1980 		p = (char_u *)"xterm";
1981 	}
1982 #  endif
1983 	if (p != NULL)
1984 	{
1985 	    set_option_value((char_u *)"ttym", 0L, p, 0);
1986 	    /* Reset the WAS_SET flag, 'ttymouse' can be set to "sgr" or
1987 	     * "xterm2" in check_termcode(). */
1988 	    reset_option_was_set((char_u *)"ttym");
1989 	}
1990 	if (p == NULL
1991 #   ifdef FEAT_GUI
1992 		|| gui.in_use
1993 #   endif
1994 		)
1995 	    check_mouse_termcode();	/* set mouse termcode anyway */
1996     }
1997 #  endif
1998 # else
1999     set_mouse_termcode(KS_MOUSE, (char_u *)"\233M");
2000 # endif
2001 #endif	/* FEAT_MOUSE */
2002 
2003 #ifdef USE_TERM_CONSOLE
2004     /* DEFAULT_TERM indicates that it is the machine console. */
2005     if (STRCMP(term, DEFAULT_TERM) != 0)
2006 	term_console = FALSE;
2007     else
2008     {
2009 	term_console = TRUE;
2010 # ifdef AMIGA
2011 	win_resize_on();	/* enable window resizing reports */
2012 # endif
2013     }
2014 #endif
2015 
2016 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
2017     /*
2018      * 'ttyfast' is default on for xterm, iris-ansi and a few others.
2019      */
2020     if (vim_is_fastterm(term))
2021 	p_tf = TRUE;
2022 #endif
2023 #ifdef USE_TERM_CONSOLE
2024     /*
2025      * 'ttyfast' is default on consoles
2026      */
2027     if (term_console)
2028 	p_tf = TRUE;
2029 #endif
2030 
2031     ttest(TRUE);	/* make sure we have a valid set of terminal codes */
2032 
2033     full_screen = TRUE;		/* we can use termcap codes from now on */
2034     set_term_defaults();	/* use current values as defaults */
2035 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
2036     LOG_TR(("setting crv_status to STATUS_GET"));
2037     crv_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GET;	// Get terminal version later
2038 #endif
2039 
2040     /*
2041      * Initialize the terminal with the appropriate termcap codes.
2042      * Set the mouse and window title if possible.
2043      * Don't do this when starting, need to parse the .vimrc first, because it
2044      * may redefine t_TI etc.
2045      */
2046     if (starting != NO_SCREEN)
2047     {
2048 	starttermcap();		/* may change terminal mode */
2049 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2050 	setmouse();		/* may start using the mouse */
2051 #endif
2052 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2053 	maketitle();		/* may display window title */
2054 #endif
2055     }
2056 
2057 	/* display initial screen after ttest() checking. jw. */
2058     if (width <= 0 || height <= 0)
2059     {
2060 	/* termcap failed to report size */
2061 	/* set defaults, in case ui_get_shellsize() also fails */
2062 	width = 80;
2063 #if defined(MSWIN)
2064 	height = 25;	    /* console is often 25 lines */
2065 #else
2066 	height = 24;	    /* most terminals are 24 lines */
2067 #endif
2068     }
2069     set_shellsize(width, height, FALSE);	/* may change Rows */
2070     if (starting != NO_SCREEN)
2071     {
2072 	if (scroll_region)
2073 	    scroll_region_reset();		/* In case Rows changed */
2074 	check_map_keycodes();	/* check mappings for terminal codes used */
2075 
2076 	{
2077 	    bufref_T	old_curbuf;
2078 
2079 	    /*
2080 	     * Execute the TermChanged autocommands for each buffer that is
2081 	     * loaded.
2082 	     */
2083 	    set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
2084 	    FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(curbuf)
2085 	    {
2086 		if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
2087 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_TERMCHANGED, NULL, NULL, FALSE,
2088 								      curbuf);
2089 	    }
2090 	    if (bufref_valid(&old_curbuf))
2091 		curbuf = old_curbuf.br_buf;
2092 	}
2093     }
2094 
2095 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
2096     may_req_termresponse();
2097 #endif
2098 
2099     return OK;
2100 }
2101 
2102 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO)
2103 
2104 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
2105 #  define HMT_NORMAL	1
2106 #  define HMT_NETTERM	2
2107 #  define HMT_DEC	4
2108 #  define HMT_JSBTERM	8
2109 #  define HMT_PTERM	16
2110 #  define HMT_URXVT	32
2111 #  define HMT_GPM	64
2112 #  define HMT_SGR	128
2113 #  define HMT_SGR_REL	256
2114 static int has_mouse_termcode = 0;
2115 # endif
2116 
2117 # if (!defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY)) || defined(PROTO)
2118     void
2119 set_mouse_termcode(
2120     int		n,	/* KS_MOUSE, KS_NETTERM_MOUSE or KS_DEC_MOUSE */
2121     char_u	*s)
2122 {
2123     char_u	name[2];
2124 
2125     name[0] = n;
2126     name[1] = KE_FILLER;
2127     add_termcode(name, s, FALSE);
2128 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
2129 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB
2130     if (n == KS_JSBTERM_MOUSE)
2131 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_JSBTERM;
2132     else
2133 #   endif
2134 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET
2135     if (n == KS_NETTERM_MOUSE)
2136 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_NETTERM;
2137     else
2138 #   endif
2139 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC
2140     if (n == KS_DEC_MOUSE)
2141 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_DEC;
2142     else
2143 #   endif
2144 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM
2145     if (n == KS_PTERM_MOUSE)
2146 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_PTERM;
2147     else
2148 #   endif
2149 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT
2150     if (n == KS_URXVT_MOUSE)
2151 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_URXVT;
2152     else
2153 #   endif
2154 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
2155     if (n == KS_GPM_MOUSE)
2156 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_GPM;
2157     else
2158 #   endif
2159     if (n == KS_SGR_MOUSE)
2160 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_SGR;
2161     else if (n == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
2162 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_SGR_REL;
2163     else
2164 	has_mouse_termcode |= HMT_NORMAL;
2165 #  endif
2166 }
2167 # endif
2168 
2169 # if ((defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)) \
2170 	&& defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY)) || defined(PROTO)
2171     void
2172 del_mouse_termcode(
2173     int		n)	/* KS_MOUSE, KS_NETTERM_MOUSE or KS_DEC_MOUSE */
2174 {
2175     char_u	name[2];
2176 
2177     name[0] = n;
2178     name[1] = KE_FILLER;
2179     del_termcode(name);
2180 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
2181 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB
2182     if (n == KS_JSBTERM_MOUSE)
2183 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_JSBTERM;
2184     else
2185 #   endif
2186 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET
2187     if (n == KS_NETTERM_MOUSE)
2188 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_NETTERM;
2189     else
2190 #   endif
2191 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC
2192     if (n == KS_DEC_MOUSE)
2193 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_DEC;
2194     else
2195 #   endif
2196 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM
2197     if (n == KS_PTERM_MOUSE)
2198 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_PTERM;
2199     else
2200 #   endif
2201 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT
2202     if (n == KS_URXVT_MOUSE)
2203 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_URXVT;
2204     else
2205 #   endif
2206 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
2207     if (n == KS_GPM_MOUSE)
2208 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_GPM;
2209     else
2210 #   endif
2211     if (n == KS_SGR_MOUSE)
2212 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_SGR;
2213     else if (n == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
2214 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_SGR_REL;
2215     else
2216 	has_mouse_termcode &= ~HMT_NORMAL;
2217 #  endif
2218 }
2219 # endif
2220 #endif
2221 
2222 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2223 /*
2224  * Call tgetent()
2225  * Return error message if it fails, NULL if it's OK.
2226  */
2227     static char *
2228 tgetent_error(char_u *tbuf, char_u *term)
2229 {
2230     int	    i;
2231 
2232     i = TGETENT(tbuf, term);
2233     if (i < 0		    /* -1 is always an error */
2234 # ifdef TGETENT_ZERO_ERR
2235 	    || i == 0	    /* sometimes zero is also an error */
2236 # endif
2237        )
2238     {
2239 	/* On FreeBSD tputs() gets a SEGV after a tgetent() which fails.  Call
2240 	 * tgetent() with the always existing "dumb" entry to avoid a crash or
2241 	 * hang. */
2242 	(void)TGETENT(tbuf, "dumb");
2243 
2244 	if (i < 0)
2245 # ifdef TGETENT_ZERO_ERR
2246 	    return _("E557: Cannot open termcap file");
2247 	if (i == 0)
2248 # endif
2249 #ifdef TERMINFO
2250 	    return _("E558: Terminal entry not found in terminfo");
2251 #else
2252 	    return _("E559: Terminal entry not found in termcap");
2253 #endif
2254     }
2255     return NULL;
2256 }
2257 
2258 /*
2259  * Some versions of tgetstr() have been reported to return -1 instead of NULL.
2260  * Fix that here.
2261  */
2262     static char_u *
2263 vim_tgetstr(char *s, char_u **pp)
2264 {
2265     char	*p;
2266 
2267     p = tgetstr(s, (char **)pp);
2268     if (p == (char *)-1)
2269 	p = NULL;
2270     return (char_u *)p;
2271 }
2272 #endif /* HAVE_TGETENT */
2273 
2274 #if defined(HAVE_TGETENT) && (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) || defined(MACOS_X))
2275 /*
2276  * Get Columns and Rows from the termcap. Used after a window signal if the
2277  * ioctl() fails. It doesn't make sense to call tgetent each time if the "co"
2278  * and "li" entries never change. But on some systems this works.
2279  * Errors while getting the entries are ignored.
2280  */
2281     void
2282 getlinecol(
2283     long	*cp,	/* pointer to columns */
2284     long	*rp)	/* pointer to rows */
2285 {
2286     char_u	tbuf[TBUFSZ];
2287 
2288     if (T_NAME != NULL && *T_NAME != NUL && tgetent_error(tbuf, T_NAME) == NULL)
2289     {
2290 	if (*cp == 0)
2291 	    *cp = tgetnum("co");
2292 	if (*rp == 0)
2293 	    *rp = tgetnum("li");
2294     }
2295 }
2296 #endif /* defined(HAVE_TGETENT) && defined(UNIX) */
2297 
2298 /*
2299  * Get a string entry from the termcap and add it to the list of termcodes.
2300  * Used for <t_xx> special keys.
2301  * Give an error message for failure when not sourcing.
2302  * If force given, replace an existing entry.
2303  * Return FAIL if the entry was not found, OK if the entry was added.
2304  */
2305     int
2306 add_termcap_entry(char_u *name, int force)
2307 {
2308     char_u  *term;
2309     int	    key;
2310     struct builtin_term *termp;
2311 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2312     char_u  *string;
2313     int	    i;
2314     int	    builtin_first;
2315     char_u  tbuf[TBUFSZ];
2316     char_u  tstrbuf[TBUFSZ];
2317     char_u  *tp = tstrbuf;
2318     char    *error_msg = NULL;
2319 #endif
2320 
2321 /*
2322  * If the GUI is running or will start in a moment, we only support the keys
2323  * that the GUI can produce.
2324  */
2325 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2326     if (gui.in_use || gui.starting)
2327 	return gui_mch_haskey(name);
2328 #endif
2329 
2330     if (!force && find_termcode(name) != NULL)	    /* it's already there */
2331 	return OK;
2332 
2333     term = T_NAME;
2334     if (term == NULL || *term == NUL)	    /* 'term' not defined yet */
2335 	return FAIL;
2336 
2337     if (term_is_builtin(term))		    /* name starts with "builtin_" */
2338     {
2339 	term += 8;
2340 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2341 	builtin_first = TRUE;
2342 #endif
2343     }
2344 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2345     else
2346 	builtin_first = p_tbi;
2347 #endif
2348 
2349 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2350 /*
2351  * We can get the entry from the builtin termcap and from the external one.
2352  * If 'ttybuiltin' is on or the terminal name starts with "builtin_", try
2353  * builtin termcap first.
2354  * If 'ttybuiltin' is off, try external termcap first.
2355  */
2356     for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
2357     {
2358 	if ((!builtin_first) == i)
2359 #endif
2360 	/*
2361 	 * Search in builtin termcap
2362 	 */
2363 	{
2364 	    termp = find_builtin_term(term);
2365 	    if (termp->bt_string != NULL)	/* found it */
2366 	    {
2367 		key = TERMCAP2KEY(name[0], name[1]);
2368 		++termp;
2369 		while (termp->bt_entry != (int)KS_NAME)
2370 		{
2371 		    if ((int)termp->bt_entry == key)
2372 		    {
2373 			add_termcode(name, (char_u *)termp->bt_string,
2374 							  term_is_8bit(term));
2375 			return OK;
2376 		    }
2377 		    ++termp;
2378 		}
2379 	    }
2380 	}
2381 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2382 	else
2383 	/*
2384 	 * Search in external termcap
2385 	 */
2386 	{
2387 	    error_msg = tgetent_error(tbuf, term);
2388 	    if (error_msg == NULL)
2389 	    {
2390 		string = TGETSTR((char *)name, &tp);
2391 		if (string != NULL && *string != NUL)
2392 		{
2393 		    add_termcode(name, string, FALSE);
2394 		    return OK;
2395 		}
2396 	    }
2397 	}
2398     }
2399 #endif
2400 
2401     if (sourcing_name == NULL)
2402     {
2403 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2404 	if (error_msg != NULL)
2405 	    emsg(error_msg);
2406 	else
2407 #endif
2408 	    semsg(_("E436: No \"%s\" entry in termcap"), name);
2409     }
2410     return FAIL;
2411 }
2412 
2413     static int
2414 term_is_builtin(char_u *name)
2415 {
2416     return (STRNCMP(name, "builtin_", (size_t)8) == 0);
2417 }
2418 
2419 /*
2420  * Return TRUE if terminal "name" uses CSI instead of <Esc>[.
2421  * Assume that the terminal is using 8-bit controls when the name contains
2422  * "8bit", like in "xterm-8bit".
2423  */
2424     int
2425 term_is_8bit(char_u *name)
2426 {
2427     return (detected_8bit || strstr((char *)name, "8bit") != NULL);
2428 }
2429 
2430 /*
2431  * Translate terminal control chars from 7-bit to 8-bit:
2432  * <Esc>[ -> CSI  <M_C_[>
2433  * <Esc>] -> OSC  <M-C-]>
2434  * <Esc>O -> <M-C-O>
2435  */
2436     static int
2437 term_7to8bit(char_u *p)
2438 {
2439     if (*p == ESC)
2440     {
2441 	if (p[1] == '[')
2442 	    return CSI;
2443 	if (p[1] == ']')
2444 	    return OSC;
2445 	if (p[1] == 'O')
2446 	    return 0x8f;
2447     }
2448     return 0;
2449 }
2450 
2451 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
2452     int
2453 term_is_gui(char_u *name)
2454 {
2455     return (STRCMP(name, "builtin_gui") == 0 || STRCMP(name, "gui") == 0);
2456 }
2457 #endif
2458 
2459 #if !defined(HAVE_TGETENT) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(PROTO)
2460 
2461     char_u *
2462 tltoa(unsigned long i)
2463 {
2464     static char_u buf[16];
2465     char_u	*p;
2466 
2467     p = buf + 15;
2468     *p = '\0';
2469     do
2470     {
2471 	--p;
2472 	*p = (char_u) (i % 10 + '0');
2473 	i /= 10;
2474     }
2475     while (i > 0 && p > buf);
2476     return p;
2477 }
2478 #endif
2479 
2480 #ifndef HAVE_TGETENT
2481 
2482 /*
2483  * minimal tgoto() implementation.
2484  * no padding and we only parse for %i %d and %+char
2485  */
2486     static char *
2487 tgoto(char *cm, int x, int y)
2488 {
2489     static char buf[30];
2490     char *p, *s, *e;
2491 
2492     if (!cm)
2493 	return "OOPS";
2494     e = buf + 29;
2495     for (s = buf; s < e && *cm; cm++)
2496     {
2497 	if (*cm != '%')
2498 	{
2499 	    *s++ = *cm;
2500 	    continue;
2501 	}
2502 	switch (*++cm)
2503 	{
2504 	case 'd':
2505 	    p = (char *)tltoa((unsigned long)y);
2506 	    y = x;
2507 	    while (*p)
2508 		*s++ = *p++;
2509 	    break;
2510 	case 'i':
2511 	    x++;
2512 	    y++;
2513 	    break;
2514 	case '+':
2515 	    *s++ = (char)(*++cm + y);
2516 	    y = x;
2517 	    break;
2518 	case '%':
2519 	    *s++ = *cm;
2520 	    break;
2521 	default:
2522 	    return "OOPS";
2523 	}
2524     }
2525     *s = '\0';
2526     return buf;
2527 }
2528 
2529 #endif /* HAVE_TGETENT */
2530 
2531 /*
2532  * Set the terminal name and initialize the terminal options.
2533  * If "name" is NULL or empty, get the terminal name from the environment.
2534  * If that fails, use the default terminal name.
2535  */
2536     void
2537 termcapinit(char_u *name)
2538 {
2539     char_u	*term;
2540 
2541     if (name != NULL && *name == NUL)
2542 	name = NULL;	    /* empty name is equal to no name */
2543     term = name;
2544 
2545 #ifdef __BEOS__
2546     /*
2547      * TERM environment variable is normally set to 'ansi' on the Bebox;
2548      * Since the BeBox doesn't quite support full ANSI yet, we use our
2549      * own custom 'ansi-beos' termcap instead, unless the -T option has
2550      * been given on the command line.
2551      */
2552     if (term == NULL
2553 		 && strcmp((char *)mch_getenv((char_u *)"TERM"), "ansi") == 0)
2554 	term = DEFAULT_TERM;
2555 #endif
2556 #ifndef MSWIN
2557     if (term == NULL)
2558 	term = mch_getenv((char_u *)"TERM");
2559 #endif
2560     if (term == NULL || *term == NUL)
2561 	term = DEFAULT_TERM;
2562     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"term", -1, term, OPT_FREE, 0);
2563 
2564     /* Set the default terminal name. */
2565     set_string_default("term", term);
2566     set_string_default("ttytype", term);
2567 
2568     /*
2569      * Avoid using "term" here, because the next mch_getenv() may overwrite it.
2570      */
2571     set_termname(T_NAME != NULL ? T_NAME : term);
2572 }
2573 
2574 /*
2575  * The number of calls to ui_write is reduced by using "out_buf".
2576  */
2577 #define OUT_SIZE	2047
2578 
2579 // add one to allow mch_write() in os_win32.c to append a NUL
2580 static char_u		out_buf[OUT_SIZE + 1];
2581 
2582 static int		out_pos = 0;	// number of chars in out_buf
2583 
2584 // Since the maximum number of SGR parameters shown as a normal value range is
2585 // 16, the escape sequence length can be 4 * 16 + lead + tail.
2586 #define MAX_ESC_SEQ_LEN	80
2587 
2588 /*
2589  * out_flush(): flush the output buffer
2590  */
2591     void
2592 out_flush(void)
2593 {
2594     int	    len;
2595 
2596     if (out_pos != 0)
2597     {
2598 	/* set out_pos to 0 before ui_write, to avoid recursiveness */
2599 	len = out_pos;
2600 	out_pos = 0;
2601 	ui_write(out_buf, len);
2602     }
2603 }
2604 
2605 /*
2606  * out_flush_cursor(): flush the output buffer and redraw the cursor.
2607  * Does not flush recursively in the GUI to avoid slow drawing.
2608  */
2609     void
2610 out_flush_cursor(
2611     int	    force UNUSED,   /* when TRUE, update cursor even when not moved */
2612     int	    clear_selection UNUSED) /* clear selection under cursor */
2613 {
2614     mch_disable_flush();
2615     out_flush();
2616     mch_enable_flush();
2617 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2618     if (gui.in_use)
2619     {
2620 	gui_update_cursor(force, clear_selection);
2621 	gui_may_flush();
2622     }
2623 #endif
2624 }
2625 
2626 
2627 /*
2628  * Sometimes a byte out of a multi-byte character is written with out_char().
2629  * To avoid flushing half of the character, call this function first.
2630  */
2631     void
2632 out_flush_check(void)
2633 {
2634     if (enc_dbcs != 0 && out_pos >= OUT_SIZE - MB_MAXBYTES)
2635 	out_flush();
2636 }
2637 
2638 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2639 /*
2640  * out_trash(): Throw away the contents of the output buffer
2641  */
2642     void
2643 out_trash(void)
2644 {
2645     out_pos = 0;
2646 }
2647 #endif
2648 
2649 /*
2650  * out_char(c): put a byte into the output buffer.
2651  *		Flush it if it becomes full.
2652  * This should not be used for outputting text on the screen (use functions
2653  * like msg_puts() and screen_putchar() for that).
2654  */
2655     void
2656 out_char(unsigned c)
2657 {
2658 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(MACOS_X)
2659     if (c == '\n')	/* turn LF into CR-LF (CRMOD doesn't seem to do this) */
2660 	out_char('\r');
2661 #endif
2662 
2663     out_buf[out_pos++] = c;
2664 
2665     /* For testing we flush each time. */
2666     if (out_pos >= OUT_SIZE || p_wd)
2667 	out_flush();
2668 }
2669 
2670 static void out_char_nf(unsigned);
2671 
2672 /*
2673  * out_char_nf(c): like out_char(), but don't flush when p_wd is set
2674  */
2675     static void
2676 out_char_nf(unsigned c)
2677 {
2678 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(MACOS_X)
2679     if (c == '\n')	/* turn LF into CR-LF (CRMOD doesn't seem to do this) */
2680 	out_char_nf('\r');
2681 #endif
2682 
2683     out_buf[out_pos++] = c;
2684 
2685     if (out_pos >= OUT_SIZE)
2686 	out_flush();
2687 }
2688 
2689 #if defined(FEAT_TITLE) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
2690     || defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE) || defined(PROTO)
2691 /*
2692  * A never-padding out_str.
2693  * use this whenever you don't want to run the string through tputs.
2694  * tputs above is harmless, but tputs from the termcap library
2695  * is likely to strip off leading digits, that it mistakes for padding
2696  * information, and "%i", "%d", etc.
2697  * This should only be used for writing terminal codes, not for outputting
2698  * normal text (use functions like msg_puts() and screen_putchar() for that).
2699  */
2700     void
2701 out_str_nf(char_u *s)
2702 {
2703     // avoid terminal strings being split up
2704     if (out_pos > OUT_SIZE - MAX_ESC_SEQ_LEN)
2705 	out_flush();
2706 
2707     while (*s)
2708 	out_char_nf(*s++);
2709 
2710     // For testing we write one string at a time.
2711     if (p_wd)
2712 	out_flush();
2713 }
2714 #endif
2715 
2716 /*
2717  * A conditional-flushing out_str, mainly for visualbell.
2718  * Handles a delay internally, because termlib may not respect the delay or do
2719  * it at the wrong time.
2720  * Note: Only for terminal strings.
2721  */
2722     void
2723 out_str_cf(char_u *s)
2724 {
2725     if (s != NULL && *s)
2726     {
2727 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2728 	char_u *p;
2729 #endif
2730 
2731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2732 	/* Don't use tputs() when GUI is used, ncurses crashes. */
2733 	if (gui.in_use)
2734 	{
2735 	    out_str_nf(s);
2736 	    return;
2737 	}
2738 #endif
2739 	if (out_pos > OUT_SIZE - MAX_ESC_SEQ_LEN)
2740 	    out_flush();
2741 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2742 	for (p = s; *s; ++s)
2743 	{
2744 	    /* flush just before delay command */
2745 	    if (*s == '$' && *(s + 1) == '<')
2746 	    {
2747 		char_u save_c = *s;
2748 		int duration = atoi((char *)s + 2);
2749 
2750 		*s = NUL;
2751 		tputs((char *)p, 1, TPUTSFUNCAST out_char_nf);
2752 		*s = save_c;
2753 		out_flush();
2754 # ifdef ELAPSED_FUNC
2755 		/* Only sleep here if we can limit this happening in
2756 		 * vim_beep(). */
2757 		p = vim_strchr(s, '>');
2758 		if (p == NULL || duration <= 0)
2759 		{
2760 		    /* can't parse the time, don't sleep here */
2761 		    p = s;
2762 		}
2763 		else
2764 		{
2765 		    ++p;
2766 		    do_sleep(duration);
2767 		}
2768 # else
2769 		/* Rely on the terminal library to sleep. */
2770 		p = s;
2771 # endif
2772 		break;
2773 	    }
2774 	}
2775 	tputs((char *)p, 1, TPUTSFUNCAST out_char_nf);
2776 #else
2777 	while (*s)
2778 	    out_char_nf(*s++);
2779 #endif
2780 
2781 	/* For testing we write one string at a time. */
2782 	if (p_wd)
2783 	    out_flush();
2784     }
2785 }
2786 
2787 /*
2788  * out_str(s): Put a character string a byte at a time into the output buffer.
2789  * If HAVE_TGETENT is defined use the termcap parser. (jw)
2790  * This should only be used for writing terminal codes, not for outputting
2791  * normal text (use functions like msg_puts() and screen_putchar() for that).
2792  */
2793     void
2794 out_str(char_u *s)
2795 {
2796     if (s != NULL && *s)
2797     {
2798 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2799 	/* Don't use tputs() when GUI is used, ncurses crashes. */
2800 	if (gui.in_use)
2801 	{
2802 	    out_str_nf(s);
2803 	    return;
2804 	}
2805 #endif
2806 	/* avoid terminal strings being split up */
2807 	if (out_pos > OUT_SIZE - MAX_ESC_SEQ_LEN)
2808 	    out_flush();
2809 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
2810 	tputs((char *)s, 1, TPUTSFUNCAST out_char_nf);
2811 #else
2812 	while (*s)
2813 	    out_char_nf(*s++);
2814 #endif
2815 
2816 	/* For testing we write one string at a time. */
2817 	if (p_wd)
2818 	    out_flush();
2819     }
2820 }
2821 
2822 /*
2823  * cursor positioning using termcap parser. (jw)
2824  */
2825     void
2826 term_windgoto(int row, int col)
2827 {
2828     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CM, col, row));
2829 }
2830 
2831     void
2832 term_cursor_right(int i)
2833 {
2834     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CRI, 0, i));
2835 }
2836 
2837     void
2838 term_append_lines(int line_count)
2839 {
2840     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CAL, 0, line_count));
2841 }
2842 
2843     void
2844 term_delete_lines(int line_count)
2845 {
2846     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CDL, 0, line_count));
2847 }
2848 
2849 #if defined(HAVE_TGETENT) || defined(PROTO)
2850     void
2851 term_set_winpos(int x, int y)
2852 {
2853     /* Can't handle a negative value here */
2854     if (x < 0)
2855 	x = 0;
2856     if (y < 0)
2857 	y = 0;
2858     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CWP, y, x));
2859 }
2860 
2861 # if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE) || defined(PROTO)
2862 /*
2863  * Return TRUE if we can request the terminal for a response.
2864  */
2865     static int
2866 can_get_termresponse()
2867 {
2868     return cur_tmode == TMODE_RAW
2869 	    && termcap_active
2870 #  ifdef UNIX
2871 	    && (is_not_a_term() || (isatty(1) && isatty(read_cmd_fd)))
2872 #  endif
2873 	    && p_ek;
2874 }
2875 
2876 /*
2877  * Set "status" to STATUS_SENT.
2878  */
2879     static void
2880 termrequest_sent(termrequest_T *status)
2881 {
2882     status->tr_progress = STATUS_SENT;
2883     status->tr_start = time(NULL);
2884 }
2885 
2886 /*
2887  * Return TRUE if any of the requests are in STATUS_SENT.
2888  */
2889     static int
2890 termrequest_any_pending()
2891 {
2892     int	    i;
2893     time_t  now = time(NULL);
2894 
2895     for (i = 0; all_termrequests[i] != NULL; ++i)
2896     {
2897 	if (all_termrequests[i]->tr_progress == STATUS_SENT)
2898 	{
2899 	    if (all_termrequests[i]->tr_start > 0 && now > 0
2900 				    && all_termrequests[i]->tr_start + 2 < now)
2901 		// Sent the request more than 2 seconds ago and didn't get a
2902 		// response, assume it failed.
2903 		all_termrequests[i]->tr_progress = STATUS_FAIL;
2904 	    else
2905 		return TRUE;
2906 	}
2907     }
2908     return FALSE;
2909 }
2910 
2911 static int winpos_x = -1;
2912 static int winpos_y = -1;
2913 static int did_request_winpos = 0;
2914 
2915 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO)
2916 /*
2917  * Try getting the Vim window position from the terminal.
2918  * Returns OK or FAIL.
2919  */
2920     int
2921 term_get_winpos(int *x, int *y, varnumber_T timeout)
2922 {
2923     int count = 0;
2924     int prev_winpos_x = winpos_x;
2925     int prev_winpos_y = winpos_y;
2926 
2927     if (*T_CGP == NUL || !can_get_termresponse())
2928 	return FAIL;
2929     winpos_x = -1;
2930     winpos_y = -1;
2931     ++did_request_winpos;
2932     termrequest_sent(&winpos_status);
2933     OUT_STR(T_CGP);
2934     out_flush();
2935 
2936     /* Try reading the result for "timeout" msec. */
2937     while (count++ <= timeout / 10 && !got_int)
2938     {
2939 	(void)vpeekc_nomap();
2940 	if (winpos_x >= 0 && winpos_y >= 0)
2941 	{
2942 	    *x = winpos_x;
2943 	    *y = winpos_y;
2944 	    return OK;
2945 	}
2946 	ui_delay(10, FALSE);
2947     }
2948     /* Do not reset "did_request_winpos", if we timed out the response might
2949      * still come later and we must consume it. */
2950 
2951     winpos_x = prev_winpos_x;
2952     winpos_y = prev_winpos_y;
2953     if (timeout < 10 && prev_winpos_y >= 0 && prev_winpos_x >= 0)
2954     {
2955 	/* Polling: return previous values if we have them. */
2956 	*x = winpos_x;
2957 	*y = winpos_y;
2958 	return OK;
2959     }
2960 
2961     return FALSE;
2962 }
2963 #  endif
2964 # endif
2965 
2966     void
2967 term_set_winsize(int height, int width)
2968 {
2969     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CWS, width, height));
2970 }
2971 #endif
2972 
2973     static void
2974 term_color(char_u *s, int n)
2975 {
2976     char	buf[20];
2977     int		i = *s == CSI ? 1 : 2;
2978 		/* index in s[] just after <Esc>[ or CSI */
2979 
2980     /* Special handling of 16 colors, because termcap can't handle it */
2981     /* Also accept "\e[3%dm" for TERMINFO, it is sometimes used */
2982     /* Also accept CSI instead of <Esc>[ */
2983     if (n >= 8 && t_colors >= 16
2984 	      && ((s[0] == ESC && s[1] == '[')
2985 #if defined(FEAT_VTP) && defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS)
2986 		  || (s[0] == ESC && s[1] == '|')
2987 #endif
2988 	          || (s[0] == CSI && (i = 1) == 1))
2989 	      && s[i] != NUL
2990 	      && (STRCMP(s + i + 1, "%p1%dm") == 0
2991 		  || STRCMP(s + i + 1, "%dm") == 0)
2992 	      && (s[i] == '3' || s[i] == '4'))
2993     {
2994 #ifdef TERMINFO
2995 	char *format = "%s%s%%p1%%dm";
2996 #else
2997 	char *format = "%s%s%%dm";
2998 #endif
2999 	char *lead = i == 2 ? (
3000 #if defined(FEAT_VTP) && defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS)
3001 		    s[1] == '|' ? IF_EB("\033|", ESC_STR "|") :
3002 #endif
3003 		    IF_EB("\033[", ESC_STR "[")) : "\233";
3004 	char *tail = s[i] == '3' ? (n >= 16 ? "38;5;" : "9")
3005 				 : (n >= 16 ? "48;5;" : "10");
3006 
3007 	sprintf(buf, format, lead, tail);
3008 	OUT_STR(tgoto(buf, 0, n >= 16 ? n : n - 8));
3009     }
3010     else
3011 	OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)s, 0, n));
3012 }
3013 
3014     void
3015 term_fg_color(int n)
3016 {
3017     /* Use "AF" termcap entry if present, "Sf" entry otherwise */
3018     if (*T_CAF)
3019 	term_color(T_CAF, n);
3020     else if (*T_CSF)
3021 	term_color(T_CSF, n);
3022 }
3023 
3024     void
3025 term_bg_color(int n)
3026 {
3027     /* Use "AB" termcap entry if present, "Sb" entry otherwise */
3028     if (*T_CAB)
3029 	term_color(T_CAB, n);
3030     else if (*T_CSB)
3031 	term_color(T_CSB, n);
3032 }
3033 
3034 #if defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS) || defined(PROTO)
3035 
3036 #define RED(rgb)   (((long_u)(rgb) >> 16) & 0xFF)
3037 #define GREEN(rgb) (((long_u)(rgb) >>  8) & 0xFF)
3038 #define BLUE(rgb)  (((long_u)(rgb)      ) & 0xFF)
3039 
3040     static void
3041 term_rgb_color(char_u *s, guicolor_T rgb)
3042 {
3043 #define MAX_COLOR_STR_LEN 100
3044     char	buf[MAX_COLOR_STR_LEN];
3045 
3046     vim_snprintf(buf, MAX_COLOR_STR_LEN,
3047 				  (char *)s, RED(rgb), GREEN(rgb), BLUE(rgb));
3048     OUT_STR(buf);
3049 }
3050 
3051     void
3052 term_fg_rgb_color(guicolor_T rgb)
3053 {
3054     term_rgb_color(T_8F, rgb);
3055 }
3056 
3057     void
3058 term_bg_rgb_color(guicolor_T rgb)
3059 {
3060     term_rgb_color(T_8B, rgb);
3061 }
3062 #endif
3063 
3064 #if (defined(FEAT_TITLE) && (defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) \
3065 	|| defined(MACOS_X))) || defined(PROTO)
3066 /*
3067  * Generic function to set window title, using t_ts and t_fs.
3068  */
3069     void
3070 term_settitle(char_u *title)
3071 {
3072     /* t_ts takes one argument: column in status line */
3073     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_TS, 0, 0));	/* set title start */
3074     out_str_nf(title);
3075     out_str(T_FS);			/* set title end */
3076     out_flush();
3077 }
3078 
3079 /*
3080  * Tell the terminal to push (save) the title and/or icon, so that it can be
3081  * popped (restored) later.
3082  */
3083     void
3084 term_push_title(int which)
3085 {
3086     if ((which & SAVE_RESTORE_TITLE) && T_CST != NULL && *T_CST != NUL)
3087     {
3088 	OUT_STR(T_CST);
3089 	out_flush();
3090     }
3091 
3092     if ((which & SAVE_RESTORE_ICON) && T_SSI != NULL && *T_SSI != NUL)
3093     {
3094 	OUT_STR(T_SSI);
3095 	out_flush();
3096     }
3097 }
3098 
3099 /*
3100  * Tell the terminal to pop the title and/or icon.
3101  */
3102     void
3103 term_pop_title(int which)
3104 {
3105     if ((which & SAVE_RESTORE_TITLE) && T_CRT != NULL && *T_CRT != NUL)
3106     {
3107 	OUT_STR(T_CRT);
3108 	out_flush();
3109     }
3110 
3111     if ((which & SAVE_RESTORE_ICON) && T_SRI != NULL && *T_SRI != NUL)
3112     {
3113 	OUT_STR(T_SRI);
3114 	out_flush();
3115     }
3116 }
3117 #endif
3118 
3119 /*
3120  * Make sure we have a valid set or terminal options.
3121  * Replace all entries that are NULL by empty_option
3122  */
3123     void
3124 ttest(int pairs)
3125 {
3126     char_u *env_colors;
3127 
3128     check_options();		    /* make sure no options are NULL */
3129 
3130     /*
3131      * MUST have "cm": cursor motion.
3132      */
3133     if (*T_CM == NUL)
3134 	emsg(_("E437: terminal capability \"cm\" required"));
3135 
3136     /*
3137      * if "cs" defined, use a scroll region, it's faster.
3138      */
3139     if (*T_CS != NUL)
3140 	scroll_region = TRUE;
3141     else
3142 	scroll_region = FALSE;
3143 
3144     if (pairs)
3145     {
3146 	/*
3147 	 * optional pairs
3148 	 */
3149 	/* TP goes to normal mode for TI (invert) and TB (bold) */
3150 	if (*T_ME == NUL)
3151 	    T_ME = T_MR = T_MD = T_MB = empty_option;
3152 	if (*T_SO == NUL || *T_SE == NUL)
3153 	    T_SO = T_SE = empty_option;
3154 	if (*T_US == NUL || *T_UE == NUL)
3155 	    T_US = T_UE = empty_option;
3156 	if (*T_CZH == NUL || *T_CZR == NUL)
3157 	    T_CZH = T_CZR = empty_option;
3158 
3159 	/* T_VE is needed even though T_VI is not defined */
3160 	if (*T_VE == NUL)
3161 	    T_VI = empty_option;
3162 
3163 	/* if 'mr' or 'me' is not defined use 'so' and 'se' */
3164 	if (*T_ME == NUL)
3165 	{
3166 	    T_ME = T_SE;
3167 	    T_MR = T_SO;
3168 	    T_MD = T_SO;
3169 	}
3170 
3171 	/* if 'so' or 'se' is not defined use 'mr' and 'me' */
3172 	if (*T_SO == NUL)
3173 	{
3174 	    T_SE = T_ME;
3175 	    if (*T_MR == NUL)
3176 		T_SO = T_MD;
3177 	    else
3178 		T_SO = T_MR;
3179 	}
3180 
3181 	/* if 'ZH' or 'ZR' is not defined use 'mr' and 'me' */
3182 	if (*T_CZH == NUL)
3183 	{
3184 	    T_CZR = T_ME;
3185 	    if (*T_MR == NUL)
3186 		T_CZH = T_MD;
3187 	    else
3188 		T_CZH = T_MR;
3189 	}
3190 
3191 	/* "Sb" and "Sf" come in pairs */
3192 	if (*T_CSB == NUL || *T_CSF == NUL)
3193 	{
3194 	    T_CSB = empty_option;
3195 	    T_CSF = empty_option;
3196 	}
3197 
3198 	/* "AB" and "AF" come in pairs */
3199 	if (*T_CAB == NUL || *T_CAF == NUL)
3200 	{
3201 	    T_CAB = empty_option;
3202 	    T_CAF = empty_option;
3203 	}
3204 
3205 	/* if 'Sb' and 'AB' are not defined, reset "Co" */
3206 	if (*T_CSB == NUL && *T_CAB == NUL)
3207 	    free_one_termoption(T_CCO);
3208 
3209 	/* Set 'weirdinvert' according to value of 't_xs' */
3210 	p_wiv = (*T_XS != NUL);
3211     }
3212     need_gather = TRUE;
3213 
3214     /* Set t_colors to the value of $COLORS or t_Co. */
3215     t_colors = atoi((char *)T_CCO);
3216     env_colors = mch_getenv((char_u *)"COLORS");
3217     if (env_colors != NULL && isdigit(*env_colors))
3218     {
3219 	int colors = atoi((char *)env_colors);
3220 
3221 	if (colors != t_colors)
3222 	    set_color_count(colors);
3223     }
3224 }
3225 
3226 #if (defined(FEAT_GUI) && (defined(FEAT_MENU) || !defined(USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL))) \
3227 	|| defined(PROTO)
3228 /*
3229  * Represent the given long_u as individual bytes, with the most significant
3230  * byte first, and store them in dst.
3231  */
3232     void
3233 add_long_to_buf(long_u val, char_u *dst)
3234 {
3235     int	    i;
3236     int	    shift;
3237 
3238     for (i = 1; i <= (int)sizeof(long_u); i++)
3239     {
3240 	shift = 8 * (sizeof(long_u) - i);
3241 	dst[i - 1] = (char_u) ((val >> shift) & 0xff);
3242     }
3243 }
3244 
3245 /*
3246  * Interpret the next string of bytes in buf as a long integer, with the most
3247  * significant byte first.  Note that it is assumed that buf has been through
3248  * inchar(), so that NUL and K_SPECIAL will be represented as three bytes each.
3249  * Puts result in val, and returns the number of bytes read from buf
3250  * (between sizeof(long_u) and 2 * sizeof(long_u)), or -1 if not enough bytes
3251  * were present.
3252  */
3253     static int
3254 get_long_from_buf(char_u *buf, long_u *val)
3255 {
3256     int	    len;
3257     char_u  bytes[sizeof(long_u)];
3258     int	    i;
3259     int	    shift;
3260 
3261     *val = 0;
3262     len = get_bytes_from_buf(buf, bytes, (int)sizeof(long_u));
3263     if (len != -1)
3264     {
3265 	for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(long_u); i++)
3266 	{
3267 	    shift = 8 * (sizeof(long_u) - 1 - i);
3268 	    *val += (long_u)bytes[i] << shift;
3269 	}
3270     }
3271     return len;
3272 }
3273 #endif
3274 
3275 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) \
3276     || (defined(FEAT_MOUSE) && (!defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM) \
3277 		|| defined(FEAT_MOUSE_GPM) || defined(FEAT_SYSMOUSE)))
3278 /*
3279  * Read the next num_bytes bytes from buf, and store them in bytes.  Assume
3280  * that buf has been through inchar().	Returns the actual number of bytes used
3281  * from buf (between num_bytes and num_bytes*2), or -1 if not enough bytes were
3282  * available.
3283  */
3284     static int
3285 get_bytes_from_buf(char_u *buf, char_u *bytes, int num_bytes)
3286 {
3287     int	    len = 0;
3288     int	    i;
3289     char_u  c;
3290 
3291     for (i = 0; i < num_bytes; i++)
3292     {
3293 	if ((c = buf[len++]) == NUL)
3294 	    return -1;
3295 	if (c == K_SPECIAL)
3296 	{
3297 	    if (buf[len] == NUL || buf[len + 1] == NUL)	    /* cannot happen? */
3298 		return -1;
3299 	    if (buf[len++] == (int)KS_ZERO)
3300 		c = NUL;
3301 	    /* else it should be KS_SPECIAL; when followed by KE_FILLER c is
3302 	     * K_SPECIAL, or followed by KE_CSI and c must be CSI. */
3303 	    if (buf[len++] == (int)KE_CSI)
3304 		c = CSI;
3305 	}
3306 	else if (c == CSI && buf[len] == KS_EXTRA
3307 					       && buf[len + 1] == (int)KE_CSI)
3308 	    /* CSI is stored as CSI KS_SPECIAL KE_CSI to avoid confusion with
3309 	     * the start of a special key, see add_to_input_buf_csi(). */
3310 	    len += 2;
3311 	bytes[i] = c;
3312     }
3313     return len;
3314 }
3315 #endif
3316 
3317 /*
3318  * Check if the new shell size is valid, correct it if it's too small or way
3319  * too big.
3320  */
3321     void
3322 check_shellsize(void)
3323 {
3324     if (Rows < min_rows())	/* need room for one window and command line */
3325 	Rows = min_rows();
3326     limit_screen_size();
3327 }
3328 
3329 /*
3330  * Limit Rows and Columns to avoid an overflow in Rows * Columns.
3331  */
3332     void
3333 limit_screen_size(void)
3334 {
3335     if (Columns < MIN_COLUMNS)
3336 	Columns = MIN_COLUMNS;
3337     else if (Columns > 10000)
3338 	Columns = 10000;
3339     if (Rows > 1000)
3340 	Rows = 1000;
3341 }
3342 
3343 /*
3344  * Invoked just before the screen structures are going to be (re)allocated.
3345  */
3346     void
3347 win_new_shellsize(void)
3348 {
3349     static int	old_Rows = 0;
3350     static int	old_Columns = 0;
3351 
3352     if (old_Rows != Rows || old_Columns != Columns)
3353 	ui_new_shellsize();
3354     if (old_Rows != Rows)
3355     {
3356 	/* if 'window' uses the whole screen, keep it using that */
3357 	if (p_window == old_Rows - 1 || old_Rows == 0)
3358 	    p_window = Rows - 1;
3359 	old_Rows = Rows;
3360 	shell_new_rows();	/* update window sizes */
3361     }
3362     if (old_Columns != Columns)
3363     {
3364 	old_Columns = Columns;
3365 	shell_new_columns();	/* update window sizes */
3366     }
3367 }
3368 
3369 /*
3370  * Call this function when the Vim shell has been resized in any way.
3371  * Will obtain the current size and redraw (also when size didn't change).
3372  */
3373     void
3374 shell_resized(void)
3375 {
3376     set_shellsize(0, 0, FALSE);
3377 }
3378 
3379 /*
3380  * Check if the shell size changed.  Handle a resize.
3381  * When the size didn't change, nothing happens.
3382  */
3383     void
3384 shell_resized_check(void)
3385 {
3386     int		old_Rows = Rows;
3387     int		old_Columns = Columns;
3388 
3389     if (!exiting
3390 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3391 	    /* Do not get the size when executing a shell command during
3392 	     * startup. */
3393 	    && !gui.starting
3394 #endif
3395 	    )
3396     {
3397 	(void)ui_get_shellsize();
3398 	check_shellsize();
3399 	if (old_Rows != Rows || old_Columns != Columns)
3400 	    shell_resized();
3401     }
3402 }
3403 
3404 /*
3405  * Set size of the Vim shell.
3406  * If 'mustset' is TRUE, we must set Rows and Columns, do not get the real
3407  * window size (this is used for the :win command).
3408  * If 'mustset' is FALSE, we may try to get the real window size and if
3409  * it fails use 'width' and 'height'.
3410  */
3411     void
3412 set_shellsize(int width, int height, int mustset)
3413 {
3414     static int		busy = FALSE;
3415 
3416     /*
3417      * Avoid recursiveness, can happen when setting the window size causes
3418      * another window-changed signal.
3419      */
3420     if (busy)
3421 	return;
3422 
3423     if (width < 0 || height < 0)    /* just checking... */
3424 	return;
3425 
3426     if (State == HITRETURN || State == SETWSIZE)
3427     {
3428 	// postpone the resizing
3429 	State = SETWSIZE;
3430 	return;
3431     }
3432 
3433     if (updating_screen)
3434 	// resizing while in update_screen() may cause a crash
3435 	return;
3436 
3437     /* curwin->w_buffer can be NULL when we are closing a window and the
3438      * buffer has already been closed and removing a scrollbar causes a resize
3439      * event. Don't resize then, it will happen after entering another buffer.
3440      */
3441     if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL)
3442 	return;
3443 
3444     ++busy;
3445 
3446 #ifdef AMIGA
3447     out_flush();	    /* must do this before mch_get_shellsize() for
3448 			       some obscure reason */
3449 #endif
3450 
3451     if (mustset || (ui_get_shellsize() == FAIL && height != 0))
3452     {
3453 	Rows = height;
3454 	Columns = width;
3455 	check_shellsize();
3456 	ui_set_shellsize(mustset);
3457     }
3458     else
3459 	check_shellsize();
3460 
3461     /* The window layout used to be adjusted here, but it now happens in
3462      * screenalloc() (also invoked from screenclear()).  That is because the
3463      * "busy" check above may skip this, but not screenalloc(). */
3464 
3465     if (State != ASKMORE && State != EXTERNCMD && State != CONFIRM)
3466 	screenclear();
3467     else
3468 	screen_start();	    /* don't know where cursor is now */
3469 
3470     if (starting != NO_SCREEN)
3471     {
3472 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
3473 	maketitle();
3474 #endif
3475 	changed_line_abv_curs();
3476 	invalidate_botline();
3477 
3478 	/*
3479 	 * We only redraw when it's needed:
3480 	 * - While at the more prompt or executing an external command, don't
3481 	 *   redraw, but position the cursor.
3482 	 * - While editing the command line, only redraw that.
3483 	 * - in Ex mode, don't redraw anything.
3484 	 * - Otherwise, redraw right now, and position the cursor.
3485 	 * Always need to call update_screen() or screenalloc(), to make
3486 	 * sure Rows/Columns and the size of ScreenLines[] is correct!
3487 	 */
3488 	if (State == ASKMORE || State == EXTERNCMD || State == CONFIRM
3489 							     || exmode_active)
3490 	{
3491 	    screenalloc(FALSE);
3492 	    repeat_message();
3493 	}
3494 	else
3495 	{
3496 	    if (curwin->w_p_scb)
3497 		do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
3498 	    if (State & CMDLINE)
3499 	    {
3500 		update_screen(NOT_VALID);
3501 		redrawcmdline();
3502 	    }
3503 	    else
3504 	    {
3505 		update_topline();
3506 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
3507 		if (pum_visible())
3508 		{
3509 		    redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
3510 		    ins_compl_show_pum();
3511 		}
3512 #endif
3513 		update_screen(NOT_VALID);
3514 		if (redrawing())
3515 		    setcursor();
3516 	    }
3517 	}
3518 	cursor_on();	    /* redrawing may have switched it off */
3519     }
3520     out_flush();
3521     --busy;
3522 }
3523 
3524 /*
3525  * Set the terminal to TMODE_RAW (for Normal mode) or TMODE_COOK (for external
3526  * commands and Ex mode).
3527  */
3528     void
3529 settmode(int tmode)
3530 {
3531 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3532     /* don't set the term where gvim was started to any mode */
3533     if (gui.in_use)
3534 	return;
3535 #endif
3536 
3537     if (full_screen)
3538     {
3539 	/*
3540 	 * When returning after calling a shell we want to really set the
3541 	 * terminal to raw mode, even though we think it already is, because
3542 	 * the shell program may have reset the terminal mode.
3543 	 * When we think the terminal is normal, don't try to set it to
3544 	 * normal again, because that causes problems (logout!) on some
3545 	 * machines.
3546 	 */
3547 	if (tmode != TMODE_COOK || cur_tmode != TMODE_COOK)
3548 	{
3549 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
3550 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3551 	    if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
3552 # endif
3553 	    {
3554 		// May need to check for T_CRV response and termcodes, it
3555 		// doesn't work in Cooked mode, an external program may get
3556 		// them.
3557 		if (tmode != TMODE_RAW && termrequest_any_pending())
3558 		    (void)vpeekc_nomap();
3559 		check_for_codes_from_term();
3560 	    }
3561 #endif
3562 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
3563 	    if (tmode != TMODE_RAW)
3564 		mch_setmouse(FALSE);	// switch mouse off
3565 #endif
3566 	    if (termcap_active)
3567 	    {
3568 		if (tmode != TMODE_RAW)
3569 		    out_str(T_BD);	// disable bracketed paste mode
3570 		else
3571 		    out_str(T_BE);	// enable bracketed paste mode (should
3572 					// be before mch_settmode().
3573 	    }
3574 	    out_flush();
3575 	    mch_settmode(tmode);	// machine specific function
3576 	    cur_tmode = tmode;
3577 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3578 	    if (tmode == TMODE_RAW)
3579 		setmouse();		// may switch mouse on
3580 #endif
3581 	    out_flush();
3582 	}
3583 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
3584 	may_req_termresponse();
3585 #endif
3586     }
3587 }
3588 
3589     void
3590 starttermcap(void)
3591 {
3592     if (full_screen && !termcap_active)
3593     {
3594 	out_str(T_TI);			/* start termcap mode */
3595 	out_str(T_KS);			/* start "keypad transmit" mode */
3596 	out_str(T_BE);			/* enable bracketed paste mode */
3597 	out_flush();
3598 	termcap_active = TRUE;
3599 	screen_start();			/* don't know where cursor is now */
3600 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
3601 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3602 	if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
3603 # endif
3604 	{
3605 	    may_req_termresponse();
3606 	    /* Immediately check for a response.  If t_Co changes, we don't
3607 	     * want to redraw with wrong colors first. */
3608 	    if (crv_status.tr_progress == STATUS_SENT)
3609 		check_for_codes_from_term();
3610 	}
3611 #endif
3612     }
3613 }
3614 
3615     void
3616 stoptermcap(void)
3617 {
3618     screen_stop_highlight();
3619     reset_cterm_colors();
3620     if (termcap_active)
3621     {
3622 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
3623 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3624 	if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
3625 # endif
3626 	{
3627 	    // May need to discard T_CRV, T_U7 or T_RBG response.
3628 	    if (termrequest_any_pending())
3629 	    {
3630 # ifdef UNIX
3631 		// Give the terminal a chance to respond.
3632 		mch_delay(100L, FALSE);
3633 # endif
3634 # ifdef TCIFLUSH
3635 		// Discard data received but not read.
3636 		if (exiting)
3637 		    tcflush(fileno(stdin), TCIFLUSH);
3638 # endif
3639 	    }
3640 	    /* Check for termcodes first, otherwise an external program may
3641 	     * get them. */
3642 	    check_for_codes_from_term();
3643 	}
3644 #endif
3645 	out_str(T_BD);			/* disable bracketed paste mode */
3646 	out_str(T_KE);			/* stop "keypad transmit" mode */
3647 	out_flush();
3648 	termcap_active = FALSE;
3649 	cursor_on();			/* just in case it is still off */
3650 	out_str(T_TE);			/* stop termcap mode */
3651 	screen_start();			/* don't know where cursor is now */
3652 	out_flush();
3653     }
3654 }
3655 
3656 #if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE) || defined(PROTO)
3657 /*
3658  * Request version string (for xterm) when needed.
3659  * Only do this after switching to raw mode, otherwise the result will be
3660  * echoed.
3661  * Only do this after startup has finished, to avoid that the response comes
3662  * while executing "-c !cmd" or even after "-c quit".
3663  * Only do this after termcap mode has been started, otherwise the codes for
3664  * the cursor keys may be wrong.
3665  * Only do this when 'esckeys' is on, otherwise the response causes trouble in
3666  * Insert mode.
3667  * On Unix only do it when both output and input are a tty (avoid writing
3668  * request to terminal while reading from a file).
3669  * The result is caught in check_termcode().
3670  */
3671     void
3672 may_req_termresponse(void)
3673 {
3674     if (crv_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET
3675 	    && can_get_termresponse()
3676 	    && starting == 0
3677 	    && *T_CRV != NUL)
3678     {
3679 	LOG_TR(("Sending CRV request"));
3680 	out_str(T_CRV);
3681 	termrequest_sent(&crv_status);
3682 	/* check for the characters now, otherwise they might be eaten by
3683 	 * get_keystroke() */
3684 	out_flush();
3685 	(void)vpeekc_nomap();
3686     }
3687 }
3688 
3689 /*
3690  * Check how the terminal treats ambiguous character width (UAX #11).
3691  * First, we move the cursor to (1, 0) and print a test ambiguous character
3692  * \u25bd (WHITE DOWN-POINTING TRIANGLE) and query current cursor position.
3693  * If the terminal treats \u25bd as single width, the position is (1, 1),
3694  * or if it is treated as double width, that will be (1, 2).
3695  * This function has the side effect that changes cursor position, so
3696  * it must be called immediately after entering termcap mode.
3697  */
3698     void
3699 may_req_ambiguous_char_width(void)
3700 {
3701     if (u7_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET
3702 	    && can_get_termresponse()
3703 	    && starting == 0
3704 	    && *T_U7 != NUL
3705 	    && !option_was_set((char_u *)"ambiwidth"))
3706     {
3707 	char_u	buf[16];
3708 
3709 	LOG_TR(("Sending U7 request"));
3710 	/* Do this in the second row.  In the first row the returned sequence
3711 	 * may be CSI 1;2R, which is the same as <S-F3>. */
3712 	term_windgoto(1, 0);
3713 	buf[mb_char2bytes(0x25bd, buf)] = 0;
3714 	out_str(buf);
3715 	out_str(T_U7);
3716 	termrequest_sent(&u7_status);
3717 	out_flush();
3718 
3719 	/* This overwrites a few characters on the screen, a redraw is needed
3720 	 * after this. Clear them out for now. */
3721 	screen_stop_highlight();
3722 	term_windgoto(1, 0);
3723 	out_str((char_u *)"  ");
3724 	term_windgoto(0, 0);
3725 
3726 	/* Need to reset the known cursor position. */
3727 	screen_start();
3728 
3729 	/* check for the characters now, otherwise they might be eaten by
3730 	 * get_keystroke() */
3731 	out_flush();
3732 	(void)vpeekc_nomap();
3733     }
3734 }
3735 
3736 /*
3737  * Similar to requesting the version string: Request the terminal background
3738  * color when it is the right moment.
3739  */
3740     void
3741 may_req_bg_color(void)
3742 {
3743     if (can_get_termresponse() && starting == 0)
3744     {
3745 	int didit = FALSE;
3746 
3747 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
3748 	/* Only request foreground if t_RF is set. */
3749 	if (rfg_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET && *T_RFG != NUL)
3750 	{
3751 	    LOG_TR(("Sending FG request"));
3752 	    out_str(T_RFG);
3753 	    termrequest_sent(&rfg_status);
3754 	    didit = TRUE;
3755 	}
3756 # endif
3757 
3758 	/* Only request background if t_RB is set. */
3759 	if (rbg_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET && *T_RBG != NUL)
3760 	{
3761 	    LOG_TR(("Sending BG request"));
3762 	    out_str(T_RBG);
3763 	    termrequest_sent(&rbg_status);
3764 	    didit = TRUE;
3765 	}
3766 
3767 	if (didit)
3768 	{
3769 	    /* check for the characters now, otherwise they might be eaten by
3770 	     * get_keystroke() */
3771 	    out_flush();
3772 	    (void)vpeekc_nomap();
3773 	}
3774     }
3775 }
3776 
3777 # ifdef DEBUG_TERMRESPONSE
3778     static void
3779 log_tr(const char *fmt, ...)
3780 {
3781     static FILE *fd_tr = NULL;
3782     static proftime_T start;
3783     proftime_T now;
3784     va_list ap;
3785 
3786     if (fd_tr == NULL)
3787     {
3788 	fd_tr = fopen("termresponse.log", "w");
3789 	profile_start(&start);
3790     }
3791     now = start;
3792     profile_end(&now);
3793     fprintf(fd_tr, "%s: %s ", profile_msg(&now),
3794 					must_redraw == NOT_VALID ? "NV"
3795 					: must_redraw == CLEAR ? "CL" : "  ");
3796     va_start(ap, fmt);
3797     vfprintf(fd_tr, fmt, ap);
3798     va_end(ap);
3799     fputc('\n', fd_tr);
3800     fflush(fd_tr);
3801 }
3802 # endif
3803 #endif
3804 
3805 /*
3806  * Return TRUE when saving and restoring the screen.
3807  */
3808     int
3809 swapping_screen(void)
3810 {
3811     return (full_screen && *T_TI != NUL);
3812 }
3813 
3814 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO)
3815 /*
3816  * setmouse() - switch mouse on/off depending on current mode and 'mouse'
3817  */
3818     void
3819 setmouse(void)
3820 {
3821 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY
3822     int	    checkfor;
3823 # endif
3824 
3825 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
3826     update_mouseshape(-1);
3827 # endif
3828 
3829 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_TTY /* Should be outside proc, but may break MOUSESHAPE */
3830 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI
3831     /* In the GUI the mouse is always enabled. */
3832     if (gui.in_use)
3833 	return;
3834 #  endif
3835     /* be quick when mouse is off */
3836     if (*p_mouse == NUL || has_mouse_termcode == 0)
3837 	return;
3838 
3839     /* don't switch mouse on when not in raw mode (Ex mode) */
3840     if (cur_tmode != TMODE_RAW)
3841     {
3842 	mch_setmouse(FALSE);
3843 	return;
3844     }
3845 
3846     if (VIsual_active)
3847 	checkfor = MOUSE_VISUAL;
3848     else if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE || State == SETWSIZE)
3849 	checkfor = MOUSE_RETURN;
3850     else if (State & INSERT)
3851 	checkfor = MOUSE_INSERT;
3852     else if (State & CMDLINE)
3853 	checkfor = MOUSE_COMMAND;
3854     else if (State == CONFIRM || State == EXTERNCMD)
3855 	checkfor = ' '; /* don't use mouse for ":confirm" or ":!cmd" */
3856     else
3857 	checkfor = MOUSE_NORMAL;    /* assume normal mode */
3858 
3859     if (mouse_has(checkfor))
3860 	mch_setmouse(TRUE);
3861     else
3862 	mch_setmouse(FALSE);
3863 # endif
3864 }
3865 
3866 /*
3867  * Return TRUE if
3868  * - "c" is in 'mouse', or
3869  * - 'a' is in 'mouse' and "c" is in MOUSE_A, or
3870  * - the current buffer is a help file and 'h' is in 'mouse' and we are in a
3871  *   normal editing mode (not at hit-return message).
3872  */
3873     int
3874 mouse_has(int c)
3875 {
3876     char_u	*p;
3877 
3878     for (p = p_mouse; *p; ++p)
3879 	switch (*p)
3880 	{
3881 	    case 'a': if (vim_strchr((char_u *)MOUSE_A, c) != NULL)
3882 			  return TRUE;
3883 		      break;
3884 	    case MOUSE_HELP: if (c != MOUSE_RETURN && curbuf->b_help)
3885 				 return TRUE;
3886 			     break;
3887 	    default: if (c == *p) return TRUE; break;
3888 	}
3889     return FALSE;
3890 }
3891 
3892 /*
3893  * Return TRUE when 'mousemodel' is set to "popup" or "popup_setpos".
3894  */
3895     int
3896 mouse_model_popup(void)
3897 {
3898     return (p_mousem[0] == 'p');
3899 }
3900 #endif
3901 
3902 /*
3903  * By outputting the 'cursor very visible' termcap code, for some windowed
3904  * terminals this makes the screen scrolled to the correct position.
3905  * Used when starting Vim or returning from a shell.
3906  */
3907     void
3908 scroll_start(void)
3909 {
3910     if (*T_VS != NUL && *T_CVS != NUL)
3911     {
3912 	out_str(T_VS);
3913 	out_str(T_CVS);
3914 	screen_start();		/* don't know where cursor is now */
3915     }
3916 }
3917 
3918 static int cursor_is_off = FALSE;
3919 
3920 /*
3921  * Enable the cursor without checking if it's already enabled.
3922  */
3923     void
3924 cursor_on_force(void)
3925 {
3926     out_str(T_VE);
3927     cursor_is_off = FALSE;
3928 }
3929 
3930 /*
3931  * Enable the cursor if it's currently off.
3932  */
3933     void
3934 cursor_on(void)
3935 {
3936     if (cursor_is_off)
3937 	cursor_on_force();
3938 }
3939 
3940 /*
3941  * Disable the cursor.
3942  */
3943     void
3944 cursor_off(void)
3945 {
3946     if (full_screen && !cursor_is_off)
3947     {
3948 	out_str(T_VI);	    /* disable cursor */
3949 	cursor_is_off = TRUE;
3950     }
3951 }
3952 
3953 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
3954 /*
3955  * Set cursor shape to match Insert or Replace mode.
3956  */
3957     void
3958 term_cursor_mode(int forced)
3959 {
3960     static int showing_mode = -1;
3961     char_u *p;
3962 
3963     /* Only do something when redrawing the screen and we can restore the
3964      * mode. */
3965     if (!full_screen || *T_CEI == NUL)
3966     {
3967 # ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
3968 	if (forced && initial_cursor_shape > 0)
3969 	    /* Restore to initial values. */
3970 	    term_cursor_shape(initial_cursor_shape, initial_cursor_blink);
3971 # endif
3972 	return;
3973     }
3974 
3975     if ((State & REPLACE) == REPLACE)
3976     {
3977 	if (forced || showing_mode != REPLACE)
3978 	{
3979 	    if (*T_CSR != NUL)
3980 		p = T_CSR;	/* Replace mode cursor */
3981 	    else
3982 		p = T_CSI;	/* fall back to Insert mode cursor */
3983 	    if (*p != NUL)
3984 	    {
3985 		out_str(p);
3986 		showing_mode = REPLACE;
3987 	    }
3988 	}
3989     }
3990     else if (State & INSERT)
3991     {
3992 	if ((forced || showing_mode != INSERT) && *T_CSI != NUL)
3993 	{
3994 	    out_str(T_CSI);	    /* Insert mode cursor */
3995 	    showing_mode = INSERT;
3996 	}
3997     }
3998     else if (forced || showing_mode != NORMAL)
3999     {
4000 	out_str(T_CEI);		    /* non-Insert mode cursor */
4001 	showing_mode = NORMAL;
4002     }
4003 }
4004 
4005 # if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO)
4006     void
4007 term_cursor_color(char_u *color)
4008 {
4009     if (*T_CSC != NUL)
4010     {
4011 	out_str(T_CSC);			/* set cursor color start */
4012 	out_str_nf(color);
4013 	out_str(T_CEC);			/* set cursor color end */
4014 	out_flush();
4015     }
4016 }
4017 # endif
4018 
4019     int
4020 blink_state_is_inverted()
4021 {
4022 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
4023     return rbm_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GOT
4024 	&& rcs_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GOT
4025 		&& initial_cursor_blink != initial_cursor_shape_blink;
4026 #else
4027     return FALSE;
4028 #endif
4029 }
4030 
4031 /*
4032  * "shape": 1 = block, 2 = underline, 3 = vertical bar
4033  */
4034     void
4035 term_cursor_shape(int shape, int blink)
4036 {
4037     if (*T_CSH != NUL)
4038     {
4039 	OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CSH, 0, shape * 2 - blink));
4040 	out_flush();
4041     }
4042     else
4043     {
4044 	int do_blink = blink;
4045 
4046 	/* t_SH is empty: try setting just the blink state.
4047 	 * The blink flags are XORed together, if the initial blinking from
4048 	 * style and shape differs, we need to invert the flag here. */
4049 	if (blink_state_is_inverted())
4050 	    do_blink = !blink;
4051 
4052 	if (do_blink && *T_VS != NUL)
4053 	{
4054 	    out_str(T_VS);
4055 	    out_flush();
4056 	}
4057 	else if (!do_blink && *T_CVS != NUL)
4058 	{
4059 	    out_str(T_CVS);
4060 	    out_flush();
4061 	}
4062     }
4063 }
4064 #endif
4065 
4066 /*
4067  * Set scrolling region for window 'wp'.
4068  * The region starts 'off' lines from the start of the window.
4069  * Also set the vertical scroll region for a vertically split window.  Always
4070  * the full width of the window, excluding the vertical separator.
4071  */
4072     void
4073 scroll_region_set(win_T *wp, int off)
4074 {
4075     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CS, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
4076 							 W_WINROW(wp) + off));
4077     if (*T_CSV != NUL && wp->w_width != Columns)
4078 	OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CSV, wp->w_wincol + wp->w_width - 1,
4079 							       wp->w_wincol));
4080     screen_start();		    /* don't know where cursor is now */
4081 }
4082 
4083 /*
4084  * Reset scrolling region to the whole screen.
4085  */
4086     void
4087 scroll_region_reset(void)
4088 {
4089     OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CS, (int)Rows - 1, 0));
4090     if (*T_CSV != NUL)
4091 	OUT_STR(tgoto((char *)T_CSV, (int)Columns - 1, 0));
4092     screen_start();		    /* don't know where cursor is now */
4093 }
4094 
4095 
4096 /*
4097  * List of terminal codes that are currently recognized.
4098  */
4099 
4100 static struct termcode
4101 {
4102     char_u  name[2];	    /* termcap name of entry */
4103     char_u  *code;	    /* terminal code (in allocated memory) */
4104     int	    len;	    /* STRLEN(code) */
4105     int	    modlen;	    /* length of part before ";*~". */
4106 } *termcodes = NULL;
4107 
4108 static int  tc_max_len = 0; /* number of entries that termcodes[] can hold */
4109 static int  tc_len = 0;	    /* current number of entries in termcodes[] */
4110 
4111 static int termcode_star(char_u *code, int len);
4112 
4113     void
4114 clear_termcodes(void)
4115 {
4116     while (tc_len > 0)
4117 	vim_free(termcodes[--tc_len].code);
4118     VIM_CLEAR(termcodes);
4119     tc_max_len = 0;
4120 
4121 #ifdef HAVE_TGETENT
4122     BC = (char *)empty_option;
4123     UP = (char *)empty_option;
4124     PC = NUL;			/* set pad character to NUL */
4125     ospeed = 0;
4126 #endif
4127 
4128     need_gather = TRUE;		/* need to fill termleader[] */
4129 }
4130 
4131 #define ATC_FROM_TERM 55
4132 
4133 /*
4134  * Add a new entry to the list of terminal codes.
4135  * The list is kept alphabetical for ":set termcap"
4136  * "flags" is TRUE when replacing 7-bit by 8-bit controls is desired.
4137  * "flags" can also be ATC_FROM_TERM for got_code_from_term().
4138  */
4139     void
4140 add_termcode(char_u *name, char_u *string, int flags)
4141 {
4142     struct termcode *new_tc;
4143     int		    i, j;
4144     char_u	    *s;
4145     int		    len;
4146 
4147     if (string == NULL || *string == NUL)
4148     {
4149 	del_termcode(name);
4150 	return;
4151     }
4152 
4153 #if defined(MSWIN) && !defined(FEAT_GUI)
4154     s = vim_strnsave(string, (int)STRLEN(string) + 1);
4155 #else
4156 # ifdef VIMDLL
4157     if (!gui.in_use)
4158 	s = vim_strnsave(string, (int)STRLEN(string) + 1);
4159     else
4160 # endif
4161 	s = vim_strsave(string);
4162 #endif
4163     if (s == NULL)
4164 	return;
4165 
4166     /* Change leading <Esc>[ to CSI, change <Esc>O to <M-O>. */
4167     if (flags != 0 && flags != ATC_FROM_TERM && term_7to8bit(string) != 0)
4168     {
4169 	STRMOVE(s, s + 1);
4170 	s[0] = term_7to8bit(string);
4171     }
4172 
4173 #if defined(MSWIN) && (!defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(VIMDLL))
4174 # ifdef VIMDLL
4175     if (!gui.in_use)
4176 # endif
4177     {
4178 	if (s[0] == K_NUL)
4179 	{
4180 	    STRMOVE(s + 1, s);
4181 	    s[1] = 3;
4182 	}
4183     }
4184 #endif
4185 
4186     len = (int)STRLEN(s);
4187 
4188     need_gather = TRUE;		/* need to fill termleader[] */
4189 
4190     /*
4191      * need to make space for more entries
4192      */
4193     if (tc_len == tc_max_len)
4194     {
4195 	tc_max_len += 20;
4196 	new_tc = ALLOC_MULT(struct termcode, tc_max_len);
4197 	if (new_tc == NULL)
4198 	{
4199 	    tc_max_len -= 20;
4200 	    return;
4201 	}
4202 	for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
4203 	    new_tc[i] = termcodes[i];
4204 	vim_free(termcodes);
4205 	termcodes = new_tc;
4206     }
4207 
4208     /*
4209      * Look for existing entry with the same name, it is replaced.
4210      * Look for an existing entry that is alphabetical higher, the new entry
4211      * is inserted in front of it.
4212      */
4213     for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
4214     {
4215 	if (termcodes[i].name[0] < name[0])
4216 	    continue;
4217 	if (termcodes[i].name[0] == name[0])
4218 	{
4219 	    if (termcodes[i].name[1] < name[1])
4220 		continue;
4221 	    /*
4222 	     * Exact match: May replace old code.
4223 	     */
4224 	    if (termcodes[i].name[1] == name[1])
4225 	    {
4226 		if (flags == ATC_FROM_TERM && (j = termcode_star(
4227 				    termcodes[i].code, termcodes[i].len)) > 0)
4228 		{
4229 		    /* Don't replace ESC[123;*X or ESC O*X with another when
4230 		     * invoked from got_code_from_term(). */
4231 		    if (len == termcodes[i].len - j
4232 			    && STRNCMP(s, termcodes[i].code, len - 1) == 0
4233 			    && s[len - 1]
4234 				   == termcodes[i].code[termcodes[i].len - 1])
4235 		    {
4236 			/* They are equal but for the ";*": don't add it. */
4237 			vim_free(s);
4238 			return;
4239 		    }
4240 		}
4241 		else
4242 		{
4243 		    /* Replace old code. */
4244 		    vim_free(termcodes[i].code);
4245 		    --tc_len;
4246 		    break;
4247 		}
4248 	    }
4249 	}
4250 	/*
4251 	 * Found alphabetical larger entry, move rest to insert new entry
4252 	 */
4253 	for (j = tc_len; j > i; --j)
4254 	    termcodes[j] = termcodes[j - 1];
4255 	break;
4256     }
4257 
4258     termcodes[i].name[0] = name[0];
4259     termcodes[i].name[1] = name[1];
4260     termcodes[i].code = s;
4261     termcodes[i].len = len;
4262 
4263     /* For xterm we recognize special codes like "ESC[42;*X" and "ESC O*X" that
4264      * accept modifiers. */
4265     termcodes[i].modlen = 0;
4266     j = termcode_star(s, len);
4267     if (j > 0)
4268 	termcodes[i].modlen = len - 1 - j;
4269     ++tc_len;
4270 }
4271 
4272 /*
4273  * Check termcode "code[len]" for ending in ;*X or *X.
4274  * The "X" can be any character.
4275  * Return 0 if not found, 2 for ;*X and 1 for *X.
4276  */
4277     static int
4278 termcode_star(char_u *code, int len)
4279 {
4280     /* Shortest is <M-O>*X.  With ; shortest is <CSI>1;*X */
4281     if (len >= 3 && code[len - 2] == '*')
4282     {
4283 	if (len >= 5 && code[len - 3] == ';')
4284 	    return 2;
4285 	else
4286 	    return 1;
4287     }
4288     return 0;
4289 }
4290 
4291     char_u  *
4292 find_termcode(char_u *name)
4293 {
4294     int	    i;
4295 
4296     for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
4297 	if (termcodes[i].name[0] == name[0] && termcodes[i].name[1] == name[1])
4298 	    return termcodes[i].code;
4299     return NULL;
4300 }
4301 
4302 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4303     char_u *
4304 get_termcode(int i)
4305 {
4306     if (i >= tc_len)
4307 	return NULL;
4308     return &termcodes[i].name[0];
4309 }
4310 #endif
4311 
4312     void
4313 del_termcode(char_u *name)
4314 {
4315     int	    i;
4316 
4317     if (termcodes == NULL)	/* nothing there yet */
4318 	return;
4319 
4320     need_gather = TRUE;		/* need to fill termleader[] */
4321 
4322     for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
4323 	if (termcodes[i].name[0] == name[0] && termcodes[i].name[1] == name[1])
4324 	{
4325 	    del_termcode_idx(i);
4326 	    return;
4327 	}
4328     /* not found. Give error message? */
4329 }
4330 
4331     static void
4332 del_termcode_idx(int idx)
4333 {
4334     int		i;
4335 
4336     vim_free(termcodes[idx].code);
4337     --tc_len;
4338     for (i = idx; i < tc_len; ++i)
4339 	termcodes[i] = termcodes[i + 1];
4340 }
4341 
4342 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
4343 /*
4344  * Called when detected that the terminal sends 8-bit codes.
4345  * Convert all 7-bit codes to their 8-bit equivalent.
4346  */
4347     static void
4348 switch_to_8bit(void)
4349 {
4350     int		i;
4351     int		c;
4352 
4353     /* Only need to do something when not already using 8-bit codes. */
4354     if (!term_is_8bit(T_NAME))
4355     {
4356 	for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
4357 	{
4358 	    c = term_7to8bit(termcodes[i].code);
4359 	    if (c != 0)
4360 	    {
4361 		STRMOVE(termcodes[i].code + 1, termcodes[i].code + 2);
4362 		termcodes[i].code[0] = c;
4363 	    }
4364 	}
4365 	need_gather = TRUE;		/* need to fill termleader[] */
4366     }
4367     detected_8bit = TRUE;
4368     LOG_TR(("Switching to 8 bit"));
4369 }
4370 #endif
4371 
4372 #ifdef CHECK_DOUBLE_CLICK
4373 static linenr_T orig_topline = 0;
4374 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4375 static int orig_topfill = 0;
4376 # endif
4377 #endif
4378 #if defined(CHECK_DOUBLE_CLICK) || defined(PROTO)
4379 /*
4380  * Checking for double clicks ourselves.
4381  * "orig_topline" is used to avoid detecting a double-click when the window
4382  * contents scrolled (e.g., when 'scrolloff' is non-zero).
4383  */
4384 /*
4385  * Set orig_topline.  Used when jumping to another window, so that a double
4386  * click still works.
4387  */
4388     void
4389 set_mouse_topline(win_T *wp)
4390 {
4391     orig_topline = wp->w_topline;
4392 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4393     orig_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
4394 # endif
4395 }
4396 #endif
4397 
4398 /*
4399  * Check if typebuf.tb_buf[] contains a terminal key code.
4400  * Check from typebuf.tb_buf[typebuf.tb_off] to typebuf.tb_buf[typebuf.tb_off
4401  * + max_offset].
4402  * Return 0 for no match, -1 for partial match, > 0 for full match.
4403  * Return KEYLEN_REMOVED when a key code was deleted.
4404  * With a match, the match is removed, the replacement code is inserted in
4405  * typebuf.tb_buf[] and the number of characters in typebuf.tb_buf[] is
4406  * returned.
4407  * When "buf" is not NULL, buf[bufsize] is used instead of typebuf.tb_buf[].
4408  * "buflen" is then the length of the string in buf[] and is updated for
4409  * inserts and deletes.
4410  */
4411     int
4412 check_termcode(
4413     int		max_offset,
4414     char_u	*buf,
4415     int		bufsize,
4416     int		*buflen)
4417 {
4418     char_u	*tp;
4419     char_u	*p;
4420     int		slen = 0;	/* init for GCC */
4421     int		modslen;
4422     int		len;
4423     int		retval = 0;
4424     int		offset;
4425     char_u	key_name[2];
4426     int		modifiers;
4427     char_u	*modifiers_start = NULL;
4428     int		key;
4429     int		new_slen;
4430     int		extra;
4431     char_u	string[MAX_KEY_CODE_LEN + 1];
4432     int		i, j;
4433     int		idx = 0;
4434 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
4435 # if !defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
4436     || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_GPM) || defined(FEAT_SYSMOUSE)
4437     char_u	bytes[6];
4438     int		num_bytes;
4439 # endif
4440     int		mouse_code = 0;	    /* init for GCC */
4441     int		is_click, is_drag;
4442     int		wheel_code = 0;
4443     int		current_button;
4444     static int	held_button = MOUSE_RELEASE;
4445     static int	orig_num_clicks = 1;
4446     static int	orig_mouse_code = 0x0;
4447 # ifdef CHECK_DOUBLE_CLICK
4448     static int	orig_mouse_col = 0;
4449     static int	orig_mouse_row = 0;
4450     static struct timeval  orig_mouse_time = {0, 0};
4451 					/* time of previous mouse click */
4452     struct timeval  mouse_time;		/* time of current mouse click */
4453     long	timediff;		/* elapsed time in msec */
4454 # endif
4455 #endif
4456     int		cpo_koffset;
4457 
4458     cpo_koffset = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_KOFFSET) != NULL);
4459 
4460     /*
4461      * Speed up the checks for terminal codes by gathering all first bytes
4462      * used in termleader[].  Often this is just a single <Esc>.
4463      */
4464     if (need_gather)
4465 	gather_termleader();
4466 
4467     /*
4468      * Check at several positions in typebuf.tb_buf[], to catch something like
4469      * "x<Up>" that can be mapped. Stop at max_offset, because characters
4470      * after that cannot be used for mapping, and with @r commands
4471      * typebuf.tb_buf[] can become very long.
4472      * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
4473      */
4474     for (offset = 0; offset < max_offset; ++offset)
4475     {
4476 	if (buf == NULL)
4477 	{
4478 	    if (offset >= typebuf.tb_len)
4479 		break;
4480 	    tp = typebuf.tb_buf + typebuf.tb_off + offset;
4481 	    len = typebuf.tb_len - offset;	/* length of the input */
4482 	}
4483 	else
4484 	{
4485 	    if (offset >= *buflen)
4486 		break;
4487 	    tp = buf + offset;
4488 	    len = *buflen - offset;
4489 	}
4490 
4491 	/*
4492 	 * Don't check characters after K_SPECIAL, those are already
4493 	 * translated terminal chars (avoid translating ~@^Hx).
4494 	 */
4495 	if (*tp == K_SPECIAL)
4496 	{
4497 	    offset += 2;	/* there are always 2 extra characters */
4498 	    continue;
4499 	}
4500 
4501 	/*
4502 	 * Skip this position if the character does not appear as the first
4503 	 * character in term_strings. This speeds up a lot, since most
4504 	 * termcodes start with the same character (ESC or CSI).
4505 	 */
4506 	i = *tp;
4507 	for (p = termleader; *p && *p != i; ++p)
4508 	    ;
4509 	if (*p == NUL)
4510 	    continue;
4511 
4512 	/*
4513 	 * Skip this position if p_ek is not set and tp[0] is an ESC and we
4514 	 * are in Insert mode.
4515 	 */
4516 	if (*tp == ESC && !p_ek && (State & INSERT))
4517 	    continue;
4518 
4519 	key_name[0] = NUL;	/* no key name found yet */
4520 	key_name[1] = NUL;	/* no key name found yet */
4521 	modifiers = 0;		/* no modifiers yet */
4522 
4523 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4524 	if (gui.in_use)
4525 	{
4526 	    /*
4527 	     * GUI special key codes are all of the form [CSI xx].
4528 	     */
4529 	    if (*tp == CSI)	    /* Special key from GUI */
4530 	    {
4531 		if (len < 3)
4532 		    return -1;	    /* Shouldn't happen */
4533 		slen = 3;
4534 		key_name[0] = tp[1];
4535 		key_name[1] = tp[2];
4536 	    }
4537 	}
4538 	else
4539 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
4540 	{
4541 	    for (idx = 0; idx < tc_len; ++idx)
4542 	    {
4543 		/*
4544 		 * Ignore the entry if we are not at the start of
4545 		 * typebuf.tb_buf[]
4546 		 * and there are not enough characters to make a match.
4547 		 * But only when the 'K' flag is in 'cpoptions'.
4548 		 */
4549 		slen = termcodes[idx].len;
4550 		modifiers_start = NULL;
4551 		if (cpo_koffset && offset && len < slen)
4552 		    continue;
4553 		if (STRNCMP(termcodes[idx].code, tp,
4554 				     (size_t)(slen > len ? len : slen)) == 0)
4555 		{
4556 		    if (len < slen)		/* got a partial sequence */
4557 			return -1;		/* need to get more chars */
4558 
4559 		    /*
4560 		     * When found a keypad key, check if there is another key
4561 		     * that matches and use that one.  This makes <Home> to be
4562 		     * found instead of <kHome> when they produce the same
4563 		     * key code.
4564 		     */
4565 		    if (termcodes[idx].name[0] == 'K'
4566 				       && VIM_ISDIGIT(termcodes[idx].name[1]))
4567 		    {
4568 			for (j = idx + 1; j < tc_len; ++j)
4569 			    if (termcodes[j].len == slen &&
4570 				    STRNCMP(termcodes[idx].code,
4571 					    termcodes[j].code, slen) == 0)
4572 			    {
4573 				idx = j;
4574 				break;
4575 			    }
4576 		    }
4577 
4578 		    key_name[0] = termcodes[idx].name[0];
4579 		    key_name[1] = termcodes[idx].name[1];
4580 		    break;
4581 		}
4582 
4583 		/*
4584 		 * Check for code with modifier, like xterm uses:
4585 		 * <Esc>[123;*X  (modslen == slen - 3)
4586 		 * Also <Esc>O*X and <M-O>*X (modslen == slen - 2).
4587 		 * When there is a modifier the * matches a number.
4588 		 * When there is no modifier the ;* or * is omitted.
4589 		 */
4590 		if (termcodes[idx].modlen > 0)
4591 		{
4592 		    modslen = termcodes[idx].modlen;
4593 		    if (cpo_koffset && offset && len < modslen)
4594 			continue;
4595 		    if (STRNCMP(termcodes[idx].code, tp,
4596 				(size_t)(modslen > len ? len : modslen)) == 0)
4597 		    {
4598 			int	    n;
4599 
4600 			if (len <= modslen)	/* got a partial sequence */
4601 			    return -1;		/* need to get more chars */
4602 
4603 			if (tp[modslen] == termcodes[idx].code[slen - 1])
4604 			    slen = modslen + 1;	/* no modifiers */
4605 			else if (tp[modslen] != ';' && modslen == slen - 3)
4606 			    continue;	/* no match */
4607 			else
4608 			{
4609 			    // Skip over the digits, the final char must
4610 			    // follow. URXVT can use a negative value, thus
4611 			    // also accept '-'.
4612 			    for (j = slen - 2; j < len && (isdigit(tp[j])
4613 				       || tp[j] == '-' || tp[j] == ';'); ++j)
4614 				;
4615 			    ++j;
4616 			    if (len < j)	/* got a partial sequence */
4617 				return -1;	/* need to get more chars */
4618 			    if (tp[j - 1] != termcodes[idx].code[slen - 1])
4619 				continue;	/* no match */
4620 
4621 			    modifiers_start = tp + slen - 2;
4622 
4623 			    /* Match!  Convert modifier bits. */
4624 			    n = atoi((char *)modifiers_start) - 1;
4625 			    if (n & 1)
4626 				modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
4627 			    if (n & 2)
4628 				modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
4629 			    if (n & 4)
4630 				modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
4631 			    if (n & 8)
4632 				modifiers |= MOD_MASK_META;
4633 
4634 			    slen = j;
4635 			}
4636 			key_name[0] = termcodes[idx].name[0];
4637 			key_name[1] = termcodes[idx].name[1];
4638 			break;
4639 		    }
4640 		}
4641 	    }
4642 	}
4643 
4644 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
4645 	if (key_name[0] == NUL
4646 	    /* Mouse codes of DEC and pterm start with <ESC>[.  When
4647 	     * detecting the start of these mouse codes they might as well be
4648 	     * another key code or terminal response. */
4649 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC
4650 	    || key_name[0] == KS_DEC_MOUSE
4651 # endif
4652 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM
4653 	    || key_name[0] == KS_PTERM_MOUSE
4654 # endif
4655 	   )
4656 	{
4657 	    /* Check for some responses from the terminal starting with
4658 	     * "<Esc>[" or CSI:
4659 	     *
4660 	     * - Xterm version string: <Esc>[>{x};{vers};{y}c
4661 	     *   Libvterm returns {x} == 0, {vers} == 100, {y} == 0.
4662 	     *   Also eat other possible responses to t_RV, rxvt returns
4663 	     *   "<Esc>[?1;2c". Also accept CSI instead of <Esc>[.
4664 	     *   mrxvt has been reported to have "+" in the version. Assume
4665 	     *   the escape sequence ends with a letter or one of "{|}~".
4666 	     *
4667 	     * - Cursor position report: <Esc>[{row};{col}R
4668 	     *   The final byte must be 'R'. It is used for checking the
4669 	     *   ambiguous-width character state.
4670 	     *
4671 	     * - window position reply: <Esc>[3;{x};{y}t
4672 	     */
4673 	    char_u *argp = tp[0] == ESC ? tp + 2 : tp + 1;
4674 
4675 	    if ((*T_CRV != NUL || *T_U7 != NUL || did_request_winpos)
4676 			&& ((tp[0] == ESC && len >= 3 && tp[1] == '[')
4677 			    || (tp[0] == CSI && len >= 2))
4678 			&& (VIM_ISDIGIT(*argp) || *argp == '>' || *argp == '?'))
4679 	    {
4680 		int col = 0;
4681 		int semicols = 0;
4682 		int row_char = NUL;
4683 
4684 		extra = 0;
4685 		for (i = 2 + (tp[0] != CSI); i < len
4686 				&& !(tp[i] >= '{' && tp[i] <= '~')
4687 				&& !ASCII_ISALPHA(tp[i]); ++i)
4688 		    if (tp[i] == ';' && ++semicols == 1)
4689 		    {
4690 			extra = i + 1;
4691 			row_char = tp[i - 1];
4692 		    }
4693 		if (i == len)
4694 		{
4695 		    LOG_TR(("Not enough characters for CRV"));
4696 		    return -1;
4697 		}
4698 		if (extra > 0)
4699 		    col = atoi((char *)tp + extra);
4700 
4701 		/* Eat it when it has 2 arguments and ends in 'R'. Also when
4702 		 * u7_status is not "sent", it may be from a previous Vim that
4703 		 * just exited.  But not for <S-F3>, it sends something
4704 		 * similar, check for row and column to make sense. */
4705 		if (semicols == 1 && tp[i] == 'R')
4706 		{
4707 		    if (row_char == '2' && col >= 2)
4708 		    {
4709 			char *aw = NULL;
4710 
4711 			LOG_TR(("Received U7 status: %s", tp));
4712 			u7_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
4713 			did_cursorhold = TRUE;
4714 			if (col == 2)
4715 			    aw = "single";
4716 			else if (col == 3)
4717 			    aw = "double";
4718 			if (aw != NULL && STRCMP(aw, p_ambw) != 0)
4719 			{
4720 			    /* Setting the option causes a screen redraw. Do
4721 			     * that right away if possible, keeping any
4722 			     * messages. */
4723 			    set_option_value((char_u *)"ambw", 0L,
4724 					     (char_u *)aw, 0);
4725 # ifdef DEBUG_TERMRESPONSE
4726 			    {
4727 				int r = redraw_asap(CLEAR);
4728 
4729 				log_tr("set 'ambiwidth', redraw_asap(): %d", r);
4730 			    }
4731 # else
4732 			    redraw_asap(CLEAR);
4733 # endif
4734 			}
4735 		    }
4736 		    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
4737 		    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
4738 		    slen = i + 1;
4739 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4740 		    set_vim_var_string(VV_TERMU7RESP, tp, slen);
4741 # endif
4742 		}
4743 		/* eat it when at least one digit and ending in 'c' */
4744 		else if (*T_CRV != NUL && i > 2 + (tp[0] != CSI)
4745 							       && tp[i] == 'c')
4746 		{
4747 		    int version = col;
4748 
4749 		    LOG_TR(("Received CRV response: %s", tp));
4750 		    crv_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
4751 		    did_cursorhold = TRUE;
4752 
4753 		    /* If this code starts with CSI, you can bet that the
4754 		     * terminal uses 8-bit codes. */
4755 		    if (tp[0] == CSI)
4756 			switch_to_8bit();
4757 
4758 		    /* rxvt sends its version number: "20703" is 2.7.3.
4759 		     * Screen sends 40500.
4760 		     * Ignore it for when the user has set 'term' to xterm,
4761 		     * even though it's an rxvt. */
4762 		    if (version > 20000)
4763 			version = 0;
4764 
4765 		    if (tp[1 + (tp[0] != CSI)] == '>' && semicols == 2)
4766 		    {
4767 			int need_flush = FALSE;
4768 			int is_iterm2 = FALSE;
4769 			int is_mintty = FALSE;
4770 
4771 			// mintty 2.9.5 sends 77;20905;0c.
4772 			// (77 is ASCII 'M' for mintty.)
4773 			if (STRNCMP(tp + extra - 3, "77;", 3) == 0)
4774 			    is_mintty = TRUE;
4775 
4776 			/* if xterm version >= 141 try to get termcap codes */
4777 			if (version >= 141)
4778 			{
4779 			    LOG_TR(("Enable checking for XT codes"));
4780 			    check_for_codes = TRUE;
4781 			    need_gather = TRUE;
4782 			    req_codes_from_term();
4783 			}
4784 
4785 			/* libvterm sends 0;100;0 */
4786 			if (version == 100
4787 				&& STRNCMP(tp + extra - 2, "0;100;0c", 8) == 0)
4788 			{
4789 			    /* If run from Vim $COLORS is set to the number of
4790 			     * colors the terminal supports.  Otherwise assume
4791 			     * 256, libvterm supports even more. */
4792 			    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"COLORS") == NULL)
4793 				may_adjust_color_count(256);
4794 			    /* Libvterm can handle SGR mouse reporting. */
4795 			    if (!option_was_set((char_u *)"ttym"))
4796 				set_option_value((char_u *)"ttym", 0L,
4797 							   (char_u *)"sgr", 0);
4798 			}
4799 
4800 			if (version == 95)
4801 			{
4802 			    // Mac Terminal.app sends 1;95;0
4803 			    if (STRNCMP(tp + extra - 2, "1;95;0c", 7) == 0)
4804 			    {
4805 				is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4806 				is_mac_terminal = TRUE;
4807 			    }
4808 			    // iTerm2 sends 0;95;0
4809 			    if (STRNCMP(tp + extra - 2, "0;95;0c", 7) == 0)
4810 				is_iterm2 = TRUE;
4811 			    // old iTerm2 sends 0;95;
4812 			    else if (STRNCMP(tp + extra - 2, "0;95;c", 6) == 0)
4813 				is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4814 			}
4815 
4816 			/* Only set 'ttymouse' automatically if it was not set
4817 			 * by the user already. */
4818 			if (!option_was_set((char_u *)"ttym"))
4819 			{
4820 			    /* Xterm version 277 supports SGR.  Also support
4821 			     * Terminal.app, iTerm2 and mintty. */
4822 			    if (version >= 277 || is_iterm2 || is_mac_terminal
4823 				    || is_mintty)
4824 				set_option_value((char_u *)"ttym", 0L,
4825 							  (char_u *)"sgr", 0);
4826 			    /* if xterm version >= 95 use mouse dragging */
4827 			    else if (version >= 95)
4828 				set_option_value((char_u *)"ttym", 0L,
4829 						       (char_u *)"xterm2", 0);
4830 			}
4831 
4832 			/* Detect terminals that set $TERM to something like
4833 			 * "xterm-256colors"  but are not fully xterm
4834 			 * compatible. */
4835 
4836 			/* Gnome terminal sends 1;3801;0, 1;4402;0 or 1;2501;0.
4837 			 * xfce4-terminal sends 1;2802;0.
4838 			 * screen sends 83;40500;0
4839 			 * Assuming any version number over 2500 is not an
4840 			 * xterm (without the limit for rxvt and screen). */
4841 			if (col >= 2500)
4842 			    is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4843 
4844 			/* PuTTY sends 0;136;0
4845 			 * vandyke SecureCRT sends 1;136;0 */
4846 			if (version == 136
4847 				&& STRNCMP(tp + extra - 1, ";136;0c", 7) == 0)
4848 			    is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4849 
4850 			/* Konsole sends 0;115;0 */
4851 			if (version == 115
4852 				&& STRNCMP(tp + extra - 2, "0;115;0c", 8) == 0)
4853 			    is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4854 
4855 			// Xterm first responded to this request at patch level
4856 			// 95, so assume anything below 95 is not xterm.
4857 			if (version < 95)
4858 			    is_not_xterm = TRUE;
4859 
4860 			/* Only request the cursor style if t_SH and t_RS are
4861 			 * set. Only supported properly by xterm since version
4862 			 * 279 (otherwise it returns 0x18).
4863 			 * Not for Terminal.app, it can't handle t_RS, it
4864 			 * echoes the characters to the screen. */
4865 			if (rcs_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET
4866 				&& version >= 279
4867 				&& !is_not_xterm
4868 				&& *T_CSH != NUL
4869 				&& *T_CRS != NUL)
4870 			{
4871 			    LOG_TR(("Sending cursor style request"));
4872 			    out_str(T_CRS);
4873 			    termrequest_sent(&rcs_status);
4874 			    need_flush = TRUE;
4875 			}
4876 
4877 			/* Only request the cursor blink mode if t_RC set. Not
4878 			 * for Gnome terminal, it can't handle t_RC, it
4879 			 * echoes the characters to the screen. */
4880 			if (rbm_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GET
4881 				&& !is_not_xterm
4882 				&& *T_CRC != NUL)
4883 			{
4884 			    LOG_TR(("Sending cursor blink mode request"));
4885 			    out_str(T_CRC);
4886 			    termrequest_sent(&rbm_status);
4887 			    need_flush = TRUE;
4888 			}
4889 
4890 			if (need_flush)
4891 			    out_flush();
4892 		    }
4893 		    slen = i + 1;
4894 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4895 		    set_vim_var_string(VV_TERMRESPONSE, tp, slen);
4896 # endif
4897 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_TERMRESPONSE,
4898 						   NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
4899 		    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
4900 		    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
4901 		}
4902 
4903 		/* Check blinking cursor from xterm:
4904 		 * {lead}?12;1$y       set
4905 		 * {lead}?12;2$y       not set
4906 		 *
4907 		 * {lead} can be <Esc>[ or CSI
4908 		 */
4909 		else if (rbm_status.tr_progress == STATUS_SENT
4910 			&& tp[(j = 1 + (tp[0] == ESC))] == '?'
4911 			&& i == j + 6
4912 			&& tp[j + 1] == '1'
4913 			&& tp[j + 2] == '2'
4914 			&& tp[j + 3] == ';'
4915 			&& tp[i - 1] == '$'
4916 			&& tp[i] == 'y')
4917 		{
4918 		    initial_cursor_blink = (tp[j + 4] == '1');
4919 		    rbm_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
4920 		    LOG_TR(("Received cursor blinking mode response: %s", tp));
4921 		    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
4922 		    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
4923 		    slen = i + 1;
4924 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4925 		    set_vim_var_string(VV_TERMBLINKRESP, tp, slen);
4926 # endif
4927 		}
4928 
4929 		/*
4930 		 * Check for a window position response from the terminal:
4931 		 *       {lead}3;{x};{y}t
4932 		 */
4933 		else if (did_request_winpos
4934 			    && ((len >= 4 && tp[0] == ESC && tp[1] == '[')
4935 				|| (len >= 3 && tp[0] == CSI))
4936 			    && tp[(j = 1 + (tp[0] == ESC))] == '3'
4937 			    && tp[j + 1] == ';')
4938 		{
4939 		    j += 2;
4940 		    for (i = j; i < len && vim_isdigit(tp[i]); ++i)
4941 			;
4942 		    if (i < len && tp[i] == ';')
4943 		    {
4944 			winpos_x = atoi((char *)tp + j);
4945 			j = i + 1;
4946 			for (i = j; i < len && vim_isdigit(tp[i]); ++i)
4947 			    ;
4948 			if (i < len && tp[i] == 't')
4949 			{
4950 			    winpos_y = atoi((char *)tp + j);
4951 			    /* got finished code: consume it */
4952 			    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
4953 			    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
4954 			    slen = i + 1;
4955 
4956 			    if (--did_request_winpos <= 0)
4957 				winpos_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
4958 			}
4959 		    }
4960 		    if (i == len)
4961 		    {
4962 			LOG_TR(("not enough characters for winpos"));
4963 			return -1;
4964 		    }
4965 		}
4966 	    }
4967 
4968 	    /* Check for fore/background color response from the terminal:
4969 	     *
4970 	     *       {lead}{code};rgb:{rrrr}/{gggg}/{bbbb}{tail}
4971 	     * or    {lead}{code};rgb:{rr}/{gg}/{bb}{tail}
4972 	     *
4973 	     * {code} is 10 for foreground, 11 for background
4974 	     * {lead} can be <Esc>] or OSC
4975 	     * {tail} can be '\007', <Esc>\ or STERM.
4976 	     *
4977 	     * Consume any code that starts with "{lead}11;", it's also
4978 	     * possible that "rgba" is following.
4979 	     */
4980 	    else if ((*T_RBG != NUL || *T_RFG != NUL)
4981 			&& ((tp[0] == ESC && len >= 2 && tp[1] == ']')
4982 			    || tp[0] == OSC))
4983 	    {
4984 		j = 1 + (tp[0] == ESC);
4985 		if (len >= j + 3 && (argp[0] != '1'
4986 					 || (argp[1] != '1' && argp[1] != '0')
4987 					 || argp[2] != ';'))
4988 		  i = 0; /* no match */
4989 		else
4990 		  for (i = j; i < len; ++i)
4991 		    if (tp[i] == '\007' || (tp[0] == OSC ? tp[i] == STERM
4992 			: (tp[i] == ESC && i + 1 < len && tp[i + 1] == '\\')))
4993 		    {
4994 			int is_bg = argp[1] == '1';
4995 			int is_4digit = i - j >= 21 && tp[j + 11] == '/'
4996 							  && tp[j + 16] == '/';
4997 
4998 			if (i - j >= 15 && STRNCMP(tp + j + 3, "rgb:", 4) == 0
4999 			    && (is_4digit
5000 				   || (tp[j + 9] == '/' && tp[i + 12 == '/'])))
5001 			{
5002 			    char_u *tp_r = tp + j + 7;
5003 			    char_u *tp_g = tp + j + (is_4digit ? 12 : 10);
5004 			    char_u *tp_b = tp + j + (is_4digit ? 17 : 13);
5005 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5006 			    int rval, gval, bval;
5007 
5008 			    rval = hexhex2nr(tp_r);
5009 			    gval = hexhex2nr(tp_b);
5010 			    bval = hexhex2nr(tp_g);
5011 # endif
5012 			    if (is_bg)
5013 			    {
5014 				char *new_bg_val = (3 * '6' < *tp_r + *tp_g +
5015 						     *tp_b) ? "light" : "dark";
5016 
5017 				LOG_TR(("Received RBG response: %s", tp));
5018 				rbg_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
5019 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5020 				bg_r = rval;
5021 				bg_g = gval;
5022 				bg_b = bval;
5023 # endif
5024 				if (!option_was_set((char_u *)"bg")
5025 					      && STRCMP(p_bg, new_bg_val) != 0)
5026 				{
5027 				    /* value differs, apply it */
5028 				    set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
5029 						      (char_u *)new_bg_val, 0);
5030 				    reset_option_was_set((char_u *)"bg");
5031 				    redraw_asap(CLEAR);
5032 				}
5033 			    }
5034 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
5035 			    else
5036 			    {
5037 				LOG_TR(("Received RFG response: %s", tp));
5038 				rfg_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
5039 				fg_r = rval;
5040 				fg_g = gval;
5041 				fg_b = bval;
5042 			    }
5043 # endif
5044 			}
5045 
5046 			/* got finished code: consume it */
5047 			key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
5048 			key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
5049 			slen = i + 1 + (tp[i] == ESC);
5050 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5051 			set_vim_var_string(is_bg ? VV_TERMRBGRESP
5052 						   : VV_TERMRFGRESP, tp, slen);
5053 # endif
5054 			break;
5055 		    }
5056 		if (i == len)
5057 		{
5058 		    LOG_TR(("not enough characters for RB"));
5059 		    return -1;
5060 		}
5061 	    }
5062 
5063 	    /* Check for key code response from xterm:
5064 	     * {lead}{flag}+r<hex bytes><{tail}
5065 	     *
5066 	     * {lead} can be <Esc>P or DCS
5067 	     * {flag} can be '0' or '1'
5068 	     * {tail} can be Esc>\ or STERM
5069 	     *
5070 	     * Check for cursor shape response from xterm:
5071 	     * {lead}1$r<digit> q{tail}
5072 	     *
5073 	     * {lead} can be <Esc>P or DCS
5074 	     * {tail} can be <Esc>\ or STERM
5075 	     *
5076 	     * Consume any code that starts with "{lead}.+r" or "{lead}.$r".
5077 	     */
5078 	    else if ((check_for_codes || rcs_status.tr_progress == STATUS_SENT)
5079 		    && ((tp[0] == ESC && len >= 2 && tp[1] == 'P')
5080 			|| tp[0] == DCS))
5081 	    {
5082 		j = 1 + (tp[0] == ESC);
5083 		if (len < j + 3)
5084 		    i = len; // need more chars
5085 		else if ((argp[1] != '+' && argp[1] != '$') || argp[2] != 'r')
5086 		    i = 0; // no match
5087 		else if (argp[1] == '+')
5088 		    // key code response
5089 		    for (i = j; i < len; ++i)
5090 		    {
5091 			if ((tp[i] == ESC && i + 1 < len && tp[i + 1] == '\\')
5092 				|| tp[i] == STERM)
5093 			{
5094 			    if (i - j >= 3)
5095 				got_code_from_term(tp + j, i);
5096 			    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
5097 			    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
5098 			    slen = i + 1 + (tp[i] == ESC);
5099 			    break;
5100 			}
5101 		    }
5102 		else
5103 		{
5104 		    // Probably the cursor shape response.  Make sure that "i"
5105 		    // is equal to "len" when there are not sufficient
5106 		    // characters.
5107 		    for (i = j + 3; i < len; ++i)
5108 		    {
5109 			if (i - j == 3 && !isdigit(tp[i]))
5110 			    break;
5111 			if (i - j == 4 && tp[i] != ' ')
5112 			    break;
5113 			if (i - j == 5 && tp[i] != 'q')
5114 			    break;
5115 			if (i - j == 6 && tp[i] != ESC && tp[i] != STERM)
5116 			    break;
5117 			if ((i - j == 6 && tp[i] == STERM)
5118 			 || (i - j == 7 && tp[i] == '\\'))
5119 			{
5120 			    int number = argp[3] - '0';
5121 
5122 			    // 0, 1 = block blink, 2 = block
5123 			    // 3 = underline blink, 4 = underline
5124 			    // 5 = vertical bar blink, 6 = vertical bar
5125 			    number = number == 0 ? 1 : number;
5126 			    initial_cursor_shape = (number + 1) / 2;
5127 			    // The blink flag is actually inverted, compared to
5128 			    // the value set with T_SH.
5129 			    initial_cursor_shape_blink =
5130 						   (number & 1) ? FALSE : TRUE;
5131 			    rcs_status.tr_progress = STATUS_GOT;
5132 			    LOG_TR(("Received cursor shape response: %s", tp));
5133 
5134 			    key_name[0] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
5135 			    key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
5136 			    slen = i + 1;
5137 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5138 			    set_vim_var_string(VV_TERMSTYLERESP, tp, slen);
5139 # endif
5140 			    break;
5141 			}
5142 		    }
5143 		}
5144 
5145 		if (i == len)
5146 		{
5147 		    /* These codes arrive many together, each code can be
5148 		     * truncated at any point. */
5149 		    LOG_TR(("not enough characters for XT"));
5150 		    return -1;
5151 		}
5152 	    }
5153 	}
5154 #endif
5155 
5156 	if (key_name[0] == NUL)
5157 	    continue;	    /* No match at this position, try next one */
5158 
5159 	/* We only get here when we have a complete termcode match */
5160 
5161 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5162 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5163 	/*
5164 	 * Only in the GUI: Fetch the pointer coordinates of the scroll event
5165 	 * so that we know which window to scroll later.
5166 	 */
5167 	if (gui.in_use
5168 		&& key_name[0] == (int)KS_EXTRA
5169 		&& (key_name[1] == (int)KE_X1MOUSE
5170 		    || key_name[1] == (int)KE_X2MOUSE
5171 		    || key_name[1] == (int)KE_MOUSELEFT
5172 		    || key_name[1] == (int)KE_MOUSERIGHT
5173 		    || key_name[1] == (int)KE_MOUSEDOWN
5174 		    || key_name[1] == (int)KE_MOUSEUP))
5175 	{
5176 	    num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + slen, bytes, 4);
5177 	    if (num_bytes == -1)	/* not enough coordinates */
5178 		return -1;
5179 	    mouse_col = 128 * (bytes[0] - ' ' - 1) + bytes[1] - ' ' - 1;
5180 	    mouse_row = 128 * (bytes[2] - ' ' - 1) + bytes[3] - ' ' - 1;
5181 	    slen += num_bytes;
5182 	}
5183 	else
5184 # endif
5185 	/*
5186 	 * If it is a mouse click, get the coordinates.
5187 	 */
5188 	if (key_name[0] == KS_MOUSE
5189 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
5190 		|| key_name[0] == KS_GPM_MOUSE
5191 # endif
5192 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB
5193 		|| key_name[0] == KS_JSBTERM_MOUSE
5194 # endif
5195 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET
5196 		|| key_name[0] == KS_NETTERM_MOUSE
5197 # endif
5198 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC
5199 		|| key_name[0] == KS_DEC_MOUSE
5200 # endif
5201 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM
5202 		|| key_name[0] == KS_PTERM_MOUSE
5203 # endif
5204 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT
5205 		|| key_name[0] == KS_URXVT_MOUSE
5206 # endif
5207 		|| key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE
5208 		|| key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
5209 	{
5210 	    is_click = is_drag = FALSE;
5211 
5212 # if !defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
5213 	    || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_GPM) || defined(FEAT_SYSMOUSE)
5214 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_MOUSE
5215 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
5216 		    || key_name[0] == KS_GPM_MOUSE
5217 #  endif
5218 	       )
5219 	    {
5220 		/*
5221 		 * For xterm we get "<t_mouse>scr", where
5222 		 *  s == encoded button state:
5223 		 *	   0x20 = left button down
5224 		 *	   0x21 = middle button down
5225 		 *	   0x22 = right button down
5226 		 *	   0x23 = any button release
5227 		 *	   0x60 = button 4 down (scroll wheel down)
5228 		 *	   0x61 = button 5 down (scroll wheel up)
5229 		 *	add 0x04 for SHIFT
5230 		 *	add 0x08 for ALT
5231 		 *	add 0x10 for CTRL
5232 		 *	add 0x20 for mouse drag (0x40 is drag with left button)
5233 		 *	add 0x40 for mouse move (0x80 is move, 0x81 too)
5234 		 *		 0x43 (drag + release) is also move
5235 		 *  c == column + ' ' + 1 == column + 33
5236 		 *  r == row + ' ' + 1 == row + 33
5237 		 *
5238 		 * The coordinates are passed on through global variables.
5239 		 * Ugly, but this avoids trouble with mouse clicks at an
5240 		 * unexpected moment and allows for mapping them.
5241 		 */
5242 		for (;;)
5243 		{
5244 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI
5245 		    if (gui.in_use)
5246 		    {
5247 			/* GUI uses more bits for columns > 223 */
5248 			num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + slen, bytes, 5);
5249 			if (num_bytes == -1)	/* not enough coordinates */
5250 			    return -1;
5251 			mouse_code = bytes[0];
5252 			mouse_col = 128 * (bytes[1] - ' ' - 1)
5253 							 + bytes[2] - ' ' - 1;
5254 			mouse_row = 128 * (bytes[3] - ' ' - 1)
5255 							 + bytes[4] - ' ' - 1;
5256 		    }
5257 		    else
5258 #  endif
5259 		    {
5260 			num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + slen, bytes, 3);
5261 			if (num_bytes == -1)	/* not enough coordinates */
5262 			    return -1;
5263 			mouse_code = bytes[0];
5264 			mouse_col = bytes[1] - ' ' - 1;
5265 			mouse_row = bytes[2] - ' ' - 1;
5266 		    }
5267 		    slen += num_bytes;
5268 
5269 		    /* If the following bytes is also a mouse code and it has
5270 		     * the same code, dump this one and get the next.  This
5271 		     * makes dragging a whole lot faster. */
5272 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI
5273 		    if (gui.in_use)
5274 			j = 3;
5275 		    else
5276 #  endif
5277 			j = termcodes[idx].len;
5278 		    if (STRNCMP(tp, tp + slen, (size_t)j) == 0
5279 			    && tp[slen + j] == mouse_code
5280 			    && tp[slen + j + 1] != NUL
5281 			    && tp[slen + j + 2] != NUL
5282 #  ifdef FEAT_GUI
5283 			    && (!gui.in_use
5284 				|| (tp[slen + j + 3] != NUL
5285 					&& tp[slen + j + 4] != NUL))
5286 #  endif
5287 			    )
5288 			slen += j;
5289 		    else
5290 			break;
5291 		}
5292 	    }
5293 
5294 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_URXVT_MOUSE
5295 		|| key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE
5296 		|| key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
5297 	    {
5298 		/* URXVT 1015 mouse reporting mode:
5299 		 * Almost identical to xterm mouse mode, except the values
5300 		 * are decimal instead of bytes.
5301 		 *
5302 		 * \033[%d;%d;%dM
5303 		 *		  ^-- row
5304 		 *	       ^----- column
5305 		 *	    ^-------- code
5306 		 *
5307 		 * SGR 1006 mouse reporting mode:
5308 		 * Almost identical to xterm mouse mode, except the values
5309 		 * are decimal instead of bytes.
5310 		 *
5311 		 * \033[<%d;%d;%dM
5312 		 *		   ^-- row
5313 		 *	        ^----- column
5314 		 *	     ^-------- code
5315 		 *
5316 		 * \033[<%d;%d;%dm        : mouse release event
5317 		 *		   ^-- row
5318 		 *	        ^----- column
5319 		 *	     ^-------- code
5320 		 */
5321 		p = modifiers_start;
5322 		if (p == NULL)
5323 		    return -1;
5324 
5325 		mouse_code = getdigits(&p);
5326 		if (*p++ != ';')
5327 		    return -1;
5328 
5329 		/* when mouse reporting is SGR, add 32 to mouse code */
5330 		if (key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE
5331 				    || key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
5332 		    mouse_code += 32;
5333 
5334 		if (key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
5335 		    mouse_code |= MOUSE_RELEASE;
5336 
5337 		mouse_col = getdigits(&p) - 1;
5338 		if (*p++ != ';')
5339 		    return -1;
5340 
5341 		mouse_row = getdigits(&p) - 1;
5342 
5343 		/* The modifiers were the mouse coordinates, not the
5344 		 * modifier keys (alt/shift/ctrl/meta) state. */
5345 		modifiers = 0;
5346 	    }
5347 
5348 	if (key_name[0] == KS_MOUSE
5349 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
5350 	    || key_name[0] == KS_GPM_MOUSE
5351 #  endif
5352 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_URXVT
5353 	    || key_name[0] == KS_URXVT_MOUSE
5354 #  endif
5355 	    || key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE
5356 	    || key_name[0] == KS_SGR_MOUSE_RELEASE)
5357 	{
5358 #  if !defined(MSWIN)
5359 		/*
5360 		 * Handle mouse events.
5361 		 * Recognize the xterm mouse wheel, but not in the GUI, the
5362 		 * Linux console with GPM and the MS-DOS or Win32 console
5363 		 * (multi-clicks use >= 0x60).
5364 		 */
5365 		if (mouse_code >= MOUSEWHEEL_LOW
5366 #   ifdef FEAT_GUI
5367 			&& !gui.in_use
5368 #   endif
5369 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
5370 			&& key_name[0] != KS_GPM_MOUSE
5371 #   endif
5372 			)
5373 		{
5374 #   if defined(UNIX) && defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY)
5375 		    if (use_xterm_mouse() > 1 && mouse_code >= 0x80)
5376 			/* mouse-move event, using MOUSE_DRAG works */
5377 			mouse_code = MOUSE_DRAG;
5378 		    else
5379 #   endif
5380 			/* Keep the mouse_code before it's changed, so that we
5381 			 * remember that it was a mouse wheel click. */
5382 			wheel_code = mouse_code;
5383 		}
5384 #   ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM
5385 		else if (held_button == MOUSE_RELEASE
5386 #    ifdef FEAT_GUI
5387 			&& !gui.in_use
5388 #    endif
5389 			&& (mouse_code == 0x23 || mouse_code == 0x24
5390 			    || mouse_code == 0x40 || mouse_code == 0x41))
5391 		{
5392 		    /* Apparently 0x23 and 0x24 are used by rxvt scroll wheel.
5393 		     * And 0x40 and 0x41 are used by some xterm emulator. */
5394 		    wheel_code = mouse_code - (mouse_code >= 0x40 ? 0x40 : 0x23)
5395 							      + MOUSEWHEEL_LOW;
5396 		}
5397 #   endif
5398 
5399 #   if defined(UNIX) && defined(FEAT_MOUSE_TTY)
5400 		else if (use_xterm_mouse() > 1)
5401 		{
5402 		    if (mouse_code & MOUSE_DRAG_XTERM)
5403 			mouse_code |= MOUSE_DRAG;
5404 		}
5405 #   endif
5406 #   ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD
5407 		else if (!(mouse_code & MOUSE_DRAG & ~MOUSE_CLICK_MASK))
5408 		{
5409 		    if ((mouse_code & MOUSE_RELEASE) == MOUSE_RELEASE)
5410 			stop_xterm_trace();
5411 		    else
5412 			start_xterm_trace(mouse_code);
5413 		}
5414 #   endif
5415 #  endif
5416 	    }
5417 # endif /* !UNIX || FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM */
5418 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_NET
5419 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_NETTERM_MOUSE)
5420 	    {
5421 		int mc, mr;
5422 
5423 		/* expect a rather limited sequence like: balancing {
5424 		 * \033}6,45\r
5425 		 * '6' is the row, 45 is the column
5426 		 */
5427 		p = tp + slen;
5428 		mr = getdigits(&p);
5429 		if (*p++ != ',')
5430 		    return -1;
5431 		mc = getdigits(&p);
5432 		if (*p++ != '\r')
5433 		    return -1;
5434 
5435 		mouse_col = mc - 1;
5436 		mouse_row = mr - 1;
5437 		mouse_code = MOUSE_LEFT;
5438 		slen += (int)(p - (tp + slen));
5439 	    }
5440 # endif	/* FEAT_MOUSE_NET */
5441 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_JSB
5442 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_JSBTERM_MOUSE)
5443 	    {
5444 		int mult, val, iter, button, status;
5445 
5446 		/* JSBTERM Input Model
5447 		 * \033[0~zw uniq escape sequence
5448 		 * (L-x)  Left button pressed - not pressed x not reporting
5449 		 * (M-x)  Middle button pressed - not pressed x not reporting
5450 		 * (R-x)  Right button pressed - not pressed x not reporting
5451 		 * (SDmdu)  Single , Double click, m mouse move d button down
5452 		 *						   u button up
5453 		 *  ###   X cursor position padded to 3 digits
5454 		 *  ###   Y cursor position padded to 3 digits
5455 		 * (s-x)  SHIFT key pressed - not pressed x not reporting
5456 		 * (c-x)  CTRL key pressed - not pressed x not reporting
5457 		 * \033\\ terminating sequence
5458 		 */
5459 
5460 		p = tp + slen;
5461 		button = mouse_code = 0;
5462 		switch (*p++)
5463 		{
5464 		    case 'L': button = 1; break;
5465 		    case '-': break;
5466 		    case 'x': break; /* ignore sequence */
5467 		    default:  return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5468 		}
5469 		switch (*p++)
5470 		{
5471 		    case 'M': button |= 2; break;
5472 		    case '-': break;
5473 		    case 'x': break; /* ignore sequence */
5474 		    default:  return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5475 		}
5476 		switch (*p++)
5477 		{
5478 		    case 'R': button |= 4; break;
5479 		    case '-': break;
5480 		    case 'x': break; /* ignore sequence */
5481 		    default:  return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5482 		}
5483 		status = *p++;
5484 		for (val = 0, mult = 100, iter = 0; iter < 3; iter++,
5485 							      mult /= 10, p++)
5486 		    if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
5487 			val += (*p - '0') * mult;
5488 		    else
5489 			return -1;
5490 		mouse_col = val;
5491 		for (val = 0, mult = 100, iter = 0; iter < 3; iter++,
5492 							      mult /= 10, p++)
5493 		    if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
5494 			val += (*p - '0') * mult;
5495 		    else
5496 			return -1;
5497 		mouse_row = val;
5498 		switch (*p++)
5499 		{
5500 		    case 's': button |= 8; break;  /* SHIFT key Pressed */
5501 		    case '-': break;  /* Not Pressed */
5502 		    case 'x': break;  /* Not Reporting */
5503 		    default:  return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5504 		}
5505 		switch (*p++)
5506 		{
5507 		    case 'c': button |= 16; break;  /* CTRL key Pressed */
5508 		    case '-': break;  /* Not Pressed */
5509 		    case 'x': break;  /* Not Reporting */
5510 		    default:  return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5511 		}
5512 		if (*p++ != '\033')
5513 		    return -1;
5514 		if (*p++ != '\\')
5515 		    return -1;
5516 		switch (status)
5517 		{
5518 		    case 'D': /* Double Click */
5519 		    case 'S': /* Single Click */
5520 			if (button & 1) mouse_code |= MOUSE_LEFT;
5521 			if (button & 2) mouse_code |= MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5522 			if (button & 4) mouse_code |= MOUSE_RIGHT;
5523 			if (button & 8) mouse_code |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
5524 			if (button & 16) mouse_code |= MOUSE_CTRL;
5525 			break;
5526 		    case 'm': /* Mouse move */
5527 			if (button & 1) mouse_code |= MOUSE_LEFT;
5528 			if (button & 2) mouse_code |= MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5529 			if (button & 4) mouse_code |= MOUSE_RIGHT;
5530 			if (button & 8) mouse_code |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
5531 			if (button & 16) mouse_code |= MOUSE_CTRL;
5532 			if ((button & 7) != 0)
5533 			{
5534 			    held_button = mouse_code;
5535 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_DRAG;
5536 			}
5537 			is_drag = TRUE;
5538 			showmode();
5539 			break;
5540 		    case 'd': /* Button Down */
5541 			if (button & 1) mouse_code |= MOUSE_LEFT;
5542 			if (button & 2) mouse_code |= MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5543 			if (button & 4) mouse_code |= MOUSE_RIGHT;
5544 			if (button & 8) mouse_code |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
5545 			if (button & 16) mouse_code |= MOUSE_CTRL;
5546 			break;
5547 		    case 'u': /* Button Up */
5548 			if (button & 1)
5549 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_LEFT | MOUSE_RELEASE;
5550 			if (button & 2)
5551 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_MIDDLE | MOUSE_RELEASE;
5552 			if (button & 4)
5553 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_RIGHT | MOUSE_RELEASE;
5554 			if (button & 8)
5555 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
5556 			if (button & 16)
5557 			    mouse_code |= MOUSE_CTRL;
5558 			break;
5559 		    default: return -1; /* Unknown Result */
5560 		}
5561 
5562 		slen += (p - (tp + slen));
5563 	    }
5564 # endif /* FEAT_MOUSE_JSB */
5565 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_DEC
5566 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_DEC_MOUSE)
5567 	    {
5568 	       /* The DEC Locator Input Model
5569 		* Netterm delivers the code sequence:
5570 		*  \033[2;4;24;80&w  (left button down)
5571 		*  \033[3;0;24;80&w  (left button up)
5572 		*  \033[6;1;24;80&w  (right button down)
5573 		*  \033[7;0;24;80&w  (right button up)
5574 		* CSI Pe ; Pb ; Pr ; Pc ; Pp & w
5575 		* Pe is the event code
5576 		* Pb is the button code
5577 		* Pr is the row coordinate
5578 		* Pc is the column coordinate
5579 		* Pp is the third coordinate (page number)
5580 		* Pe, the event code indicates what event caused this report
5581 		*    The following event codes are defined:
5582 		*    0 - request, the terminal received an explicit request
5583 		*	 for a locator report, but the locator is unavailable
5584 		*    1 - request, the terminal received an explicit request
5585 		*	 for a locator report
5586 		*    2 - left button down
5587 		*    3 - left button up
5588 		*    4 - middle button down
5589 		*    5 - middle button up
5590 		*    6 - right button down
5591 		*    7 - right button up
5592 		*    8 - fourth button down
5593 		*    9 - fourth button up
5594 		*    10 - locator outside filter rectangle
5595 		* Pb, the button code, ASCII decimal 0-15 indicating which
5596 		*   buttons are down if any. The state of the four buttons
5597 		*   on the locator correspond to the low four bits of the
5598 		*   decimal value,
5599 		*   "1" means button depressed
5600 		*   0 - no buttons down,
5601 		*   1 - right,
5602 		*   2 - middle,
5603 		*   4 - left,
5604 		*   8 - fourth
5605 		* Pr is the row coordinate of the locator position in the page,
5606 		*   encoded as an ASCII decimal value.
5607 		*   If Pr is omitted, the locator position is undefined
5608 		*   (outside the terminal window for example).
5609 		* Pc is the column coordinate of the locator position in the
5610 		*   page, encoded as an ASCII decimal value.
5611 		*   If Pc is omitted, the locator position is undefined
5612 		*   (outside the terminal window for example).
5613 		* Pp is the page coordinate of the locator position
5614 		*   encoded as an ASCII decimal value.
5615 		*   The page coordinate may be omitted if the locator is on
5616 		*   page one (the default).  We ignore it anyway.
5617 		*/
5618 		int Pe, Pb, Pr, Pc;
5619 
5620 		p = tp + slen;
5621 
5622 		/* get event status */
5623 		Pe = getdigits(&p);
5624 		if (*p++ != ';')
5625 		    return -1;
5626 
5627 		/* get button status */
5628 		Pb = getdigits(&p);
5629 		if (*p++ != ';')
5630 		    return -1;
5631 
5632 		/* get row status */
5633 		Pr = getdigits(&p);
5634 		if (*p++ != ';')
5635 		    return -1;
5636 
5637 		/* get column status */
5638 		Pc = getdigits(&p);
5639 
5640 		/* the page parameter is optional */
5641 		if (*p == ';')
5642 		{
5643 		    p++;
5644 		    (void)getdigits(&p);
5645 		}
5646 		if (*p++ != '&')
5647 		    return -1;
5648 		if (*p++ != 'w')
5649 		    return -1;
5650 
5651 		mouse_code = 0;
5652 		switch (Pe)
5653 		{
5654 		case  0: return -1; /* position request while unavailable */
5655 		case  1: /* a response to a locator position request includes
5656 			    the status of all buttons */
5657 			 Pb &= 7;   /* mask off and ignore fourth button */
5658 			 if (Pb & 4)
5659 			     mouse_code  = MOUSE_LEFT;
5660 			 if (Pb & 2)
5661 			     mouse_code  = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5662 			 if (Pb & 1)
5663 			     mouse_code  = MOUSE_RIGHT;
5664 			 if (Pb)
5665 			 {
5666 			     held_button = mouse_code;
5667 			     mouse_code |= MOUSE_DRAG;
5668 			     WantQueryMouse = TRUE;
5669 			 }
5670 			 is_drag = TRUE;
5671 			 showmode();
5672 			 break;
5673 		case  2: mouse_code = MOUSE_LEFT;
5674 			 WantQueryMouse = TRUE;
5675 			 break;
5676 		case  3: mouse_code = MOUSE_RELEASE | MOUSE_LEFT;
5677 			 break;
5678 		case  4: mouse_code = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5679 			 WantQueryMouse = TRUE;
5680 			 break;
5681 		case  5: mouse_code = MOUSE_RELEASE | MOUSE_MIDDLE;
5682 			 break;
5683 		case  6: mouse_code = MOUSE_RIGHT;
5684 			 WantQueryMouse = TRUE;
5685 			 break;
5686 		case  7: mouse_code = MOUSE_RELEASE | MOUSE_RIGHT;
5687 			 break;
5688 		case  8: return -1; /* fourth button down */
5689 		case  9: return -1; /* fourth button up */
5690 		case 10: return -1; /* mouse outside of filter rectangle */
5691 		default: return -1; /* should never occur */
5692 		}
5693 
5694 		mouse_col = Pc - 1;
5695 		mouse_row = Pr - 1;
5696 
5697 		slen += (int)(p - (tp + slen));
5698 	    }
5699 # endif /* FEAT_MOUSE_DEC */
5700 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM
5701 	    if (key_name[0] == KS_PTERM_MOUSE)
5702 	    {
5703 		int button, num_clicks, action;
5704 
5705 		p = tp + slen;
5706 
5707 		action = getdigits(&p);
5708 		if (*p++ != ';')
5709 		    return -1;
5710 
5711 		mouse_row = getdigits(&p);
5712 		if (*p++ != ';')
5713 		    return -1;
5714 		mouse_col = getdigits(&p);
5715 		if (*p++ != ';')
5716 		    return -1;
5717 
5718 		button = getdigits(&p);
5719 		mouse_code = 0;
5720 
5721 		switch (button)
5722 		{
5723 		    case 4: mouse_code = MOUSE_LEFT; break;
5724 		    case 1: mouse_code = MOUSE_RIGHT; break;
5725 		    case 2: mouse_code = MOUSE_MIDDLE; break;
5726 		    default: return -1;
5727 		}
5728 
5729 		switch (action)
5730 		{
5731 		    case 31: /* Initial press */
5732 			if (*p++ != ';')
5733 			    return -1;
5734 
5735 			num_clicks = getdigits(&p); /* Not used */
5736 			break;
5737 
5738 		    case 32: /* Release */
5739 			mouse_code |= MOUSE_RELEASE;
5740 			break;
5741 
5742 		    case 33: /* Drag */
5743 			held_button = mouse_code;
5744 			mouse_code |= MOUSE_DRAG;
5745 			break;
5746 
5747 		    default:
5748 			return -1;
5749 		}
5750 
5751 		if (*p++ != 't')
5752 		    return -1;
5753 
5754 		slen += (p - (tp + slen));
5755 	    }
5756 # endif /* FEAT_MOUSE_PTERM */
5757 
5758 	    /* Interpret the mouse code */
5759 	    current_button = (mouse_code & MOUSE_CLICK_MASK);
5760 	    if (current_button == MOUSE_RELEASE
5761 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_XTERM
5762 		    && wheel_code == 0
5763 # endif
5764 		    )
5765 	    {
5766 		/*
5767 		 * If we get a mouse drag or release event when
5768 		 * there is no mouse button held down (held_button ==
5769 		 * MOUSE_RELEASE), produce a K_IGNORE below.
5770 		 * (can happen when you hold down two buttons
5771 		 * and then let them go, or click in the menu bar, but not
5772 		 * on a menu, and drag into the text).
5773 		 */
5774 		if ((mouse_code & MOUSE_DRAG) == MOUSE_DRAG)
5775 		    is_drag = TRUE;
5776 		current_button = held_button;
5777 	    }
5778 	    else if (wheel_code == 0)
5779 	    {
5780 # ifdef CHECK_DOUBLE_CLICK
5781 #  ifdef FEAT_MOUSE_GPM
5782 		/*
5783 		 * Only for Unix, when GUI not active, we handle
5784 		 * multi-clicks here, but not for GPM mouse events.
5785 		 */
5786 #   ifdef FEAT_GUI
5787 		if (key_name[0] != KS_GPM_MOUSE && !gui.in_use)
5788 #   else
5789 		if (key_name[0] != KS_GPM_MOUSE)
5790 #   endif
5791 #  else
5792 #   ifdef FEAT_GUI
5793 		if (!gui.in_use)
5794 #   endif
5795 #  endif
5796 		{
5797 		    /*
5798 		     * Compute the time elapsed since the previous mouse click.
5799 		     */
5800 		    gettimeofday(&mouse_time, NULL);
5801 		    if (orig_mouse_time.tv_sec == 0)
5802 		    {
5803 			/*
5804 			 * Avoid computing the difference between mouse_time
5805 			 * and orig_mouse_time for the first click, as the
5806 			 * difference would be huge and would cause
5807 			 * multiplication overflow.
5808 			 */
5809 			timediff = p_mouset;
5810 		    }
5811 		    else
5812 		    {
5813 			timediff = (mouse_time.tv_usec
5814 					     - orig_mouse_time.tv_usec) / 1000;
5815 			if (timediff < 0)
5816 			    --orig_mouse_time.tv_sec;
5817 			timediff += (mouse_time.tv_sec
5818 					      - orig_mouse_time.tv_sec) * 1000;
5819 		    }
5820 		    orig_mouse_time = mouse_time;
5821 		    if (mouse_code == orig_mouse_code
5822 			    && timediff < p_mouset
5823 			    && orig_num_clicks != 4
5824 			    && orig_mouse_col == mouse_col
5825 			    && orig_mouse_row == mouse_row
5826 			    && ((orig_topline == curwin->w_topline
5827 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
5828 				    && orig_topfill == curwin->w_topfill
5829 #endif
5830 				)
5831 				/* Double click in tab pages line also works
5832 				 * when window contents changes. */
5833 				|| (mouse_row == 0 && firstwin->w_winrow > 0))
5834 			    )
5835 			++orig_num_clicks;
5836 		    else
5837 			orig_num_clicks = 1;
5838 		    orig_mouse_col = mouse_col;
5839 		    orig_mouse_row = mouse_row;
5840 		    orig_topline = curwin->w_topline;
5841 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
5842 		    orig_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
5843 #endif
5844 		}
5845 #  if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_MOUSE_GPM)
5846 		else
5847 		    orig_num_clicks = NUM_MOUSE_CLICKS(mouse_code);
5848 #  endif
5849 # else
5850 		orig_num_clicks = NUM_MOUSE_CLICKS(mouse_code);
5851 # endif
5852 		is_click = TRUE;
5853 		orig_mouse_code = mouse_code;
5854 	    }
5855 	    if (!is_drag)
5856 		held_button = mouse_code & MOUSE_CLICK_MASK;
5857 
5858 	    /*
5859 	     * Translate the actual mouse event into a pseudo mouse event.
5860 	     * First work out what modifiers are to be used.
5861 	     */
5862 	    if (orig_mouse_code & MOUSE_SHIFT)
5863 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
5864 	    if (orig_mouse_code & MOUSE_CTRL)
5865 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
5866 	    if (orig_mouse_code & MOUSE_ALT)
5867 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
5868 	    if (orig_num_clicks == 2)
5869 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_2CLICK;
5870 	    else if (orig_num_clicks == 3)
5871 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_3CLICK;
5872 	    else if (orig_num_clicks == 4)
5873 		modifiers |= MOD_MASK_4CLICK;
5874 
5875 	    /* Work out our pseudo mouse event. Note that MOUSE_RELEASE gets
5876 	     * added, then it's not mouse up/down. */
5877 	    key_name[0] = KS_EXTRA;
5878 	    if (wheel_code != 0
5879 			      && (wheel_code & MOUSE_RELEASE) != MOUSE_RELEASE)
5880 	    {
5881 		if (wheel_code & MOUSE_CTRL)
5882 		    modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
5883 		if (wheel_code & MOUSE_ALT)
5884 		    modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
5885 		key_name[1] = (wheel_code & 1)
5886 					? (int)KE_MOUSEUP : (int)KE_MOUSEDOWN;
5887 		held_button = MOUSE_RELEASE;
5888 	    }
5889 	    else
5890 		key_name[1] = get_pseudo_mouse_code(current_button,
5891 							   is_click, is_drag);
5892 
5893 	    /* Make sure the mouse position is valid.  Some terminals may
5894 	     * return weird values. */
5895 	    if (mouse_col >= Columns)
5896 		mouse_col = Columns - 1;
5897 	    if (mouse_row >= Rows)
5898 		mouse_row = Rows - 1;
5899 	}
5900 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
5901 
5902 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5903 	/*
5904 	 * If using the GUI, then we get menu and scrollbar events.
5905 	 *
5906 	 * A menu event is encoded as K_SPECIAL, KS_MENU, KE_FILLER followed by
5907 	 * four bytes which are to be taken as a pointer to the vimmenu_T
5908 	 * structure.
5909 	 *
5910 	 * A tab line event is encoded as K_SPECIAL KS_TABLINE nr, where "nr"
5911 	 * is one byte with the tab index.
5912 	 *
5913 	 * A scrollbar event is K_SPECIAL, KS_VER_SCROLLBAR, KE_FILLER followed
5914 	 * by one byte representing the scrollbar number, and then four bytes
5915 	 * representing a long_u which is the new value of the scrollbar.
5916 	 *
5917 	 * A horizontal scrollbar event is K_SPECIAL, KS_HOR_SCROLLBAR,
5918 	 * KE_FILLER followed by four bytes representing a long_u which is the
5919 	 * new value of the scrollbar.
5920 	 */
5921 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
5922 	else if (key_name[0] == (int)KS_MENU)
5923 	{
5924 	    long_u	val;
5925 
5926 	    num_bytes = get_long_from_buf(tp + slen, &val);
5927 	    if (num_bytes == -1)
5928 		return -1;
5929 	    current_menu = (vimmenu_T *)val;
5930 	    slen += num_bytes;
5931 
5932 	    /* The menu may have been deleted right after it was used, check
5933 	     * for that. */
5934 	    if (check_menu_pointer(root_menu, current_menu) == FAIL)
5935 	    {
5936 		key_name[0] = KS_EXTRA;
5937 		key_name[1] = (int)KE_IGNORE;
5938 	    }
5939 	}
5940 # endif
5941 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
5942 	else if (key_name[0] == (int)KS_TABLINE)
5943 	{
5944 	    /* Selecting tabline tab or using its menu. */
5945 	    num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + slen, bytes, 1);
5946 	    if (num_bytes == -1)
5947 		return -1;
5948 	    current_tab = (int)bytes[0];
5949 	    if (current_tab == 255)	/* -1 in a byte gives 255 */
5950 		current_tab = -1;
5951 	    slen += num_bytes;
5952 	}
5953 	else if (key_name[0] == (int)KS_TABMENU)
5954 	{
5955 	    /* Selecting tabline tab or using its menu. */
5956 	    num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + slen, bytes, 2);
5957 	    if (num_bytes == -1)
5958 		return -1;
5959 	    current_tab = (int)bytes[0];
5960 	    current_tabmenu = (int)bytes[1];
5961 	    slen += num_bytes;
5962 	}
5963 # endif
5964 # ifndef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5965 	else if (key_name[0] == (int)KS_VER_SCROLLBAR)
5966 	{
5967 	    long_u	val;
5968 
5969 	    /* Get the last scrollbar event in the queue of the same type */
5970 	    j = 0;
5971 	    for (i = 0; tp[j] == CSI && tp[j + 1] == KS_VER_SCROLLBAR
5972 						     && tp[j + 2] != NUL; ++i)
5973 	    {
5974 		j += 3;
5975 		num_bytes = get_bytes_from_buf(tp + j, bytes, 1);
5976 		if (num_bytes == -1)
5977 		    break;
5978 		if (i == 0)
5979 		    current_scrollbar = (int)bytes[0];
5980 		else if (current_scrollbar != (int)bytes[0])
5981 		    break;
5982 		j += num_bytes;
5983 		num_bytes = get_long_from_buf(tp + j, &val);
5984 		if (num_bytes == -1)
5985 		    break;
5986 		scrollbar_value = val;
5987 		j += num_bytes;
5988 		slen = j;
5989 	    }
5990 	    if (i == 0)		/* not enough characters to make one */
5991 		return -1;
5992 	}
5993 	else if (key_name[0] == (int)KS_HOR_SCROLLBAR)
5994 	{
5995 	    long_u	val;
5996 
5997 	    /* Get the last horiz. scrollbar event in the queue */
5998 	    j = 0;
5999 	    for (i = 0; tp[j] == CSI && tp[j + 1] == KS_HOR_SCROLLBAR
6000 						     && tp[j + 2] != NUL; ++i)
6001 	    {
6002 		j += 3;
6003 		num_bytes = get_long_from_buf(tp + j, &val);
6004 		if (num_bytes == -1)
6005 		    break;
6006 		scrollbar_value = val;
6007 		j += num_bytes;
6008 		slen = j;
6009 	    }
6010 	    if (i == 0)		/* not enough characters to make one */
6011 		return -1;
6012 	}
6013 # endif /* !USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL */
6014 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
6015 
6016 	/*
6017 	 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
6018 	 */
6019 	key = handle_x_keys(TERMCAP2KEY(key_name[0], key_name[1]));
6020 
6021 	/*
6022 	 * Add any modifier codes to our string.
6023 	 */
6024 	new_slen = 0;		/* Length of what will replace the termcode */
6025 	if (modifiers != 0)
6026 	{
6027 	    /* Some keys have the modifier included.  Need to handle that here
6028 	     * to make mappings work. */
6029 	    key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
6030 	    if (modifiers != 0)
6031 	    {
6032 		string[new_slen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6033 		string[new_slen++] = (int)KS_MODIFIER;
6034 		string[new_slen++] = modifiers;
6035 	    }
6036 	}
6037 
6038 	/* Finally, add the special key code to our string */
6039 	key_name[0] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
6040 	key_name[1] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
6041 	if (key_name[0] == KS_KEY)
6042 	{
6043 	    /* from ":set <M-b>=xx" */
6044 	    if (has_mbyte)
6045 		new_slen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key_name[1], string + new_slen);
6046 	    else
6047 		string[new_slen++] = key_name[1];
6048 	}
6049 	else if (new_slen == 0 && key_name[0] == KS_EXTRA
6050 						  && key_name[1] == KE_IGNORE)
6051 	{
6052 	    /* Do not put K_IGNORE into the buffer, do return KEYLEN_REMOVED
6053 	     * to indicate what happened. */
6054 	    retval = KEYLEN_REMOVED;
6055 	}
6056 	else
6057 	{
6058 	    string[new_slen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6059 	    string[new_slen++] = key_name[0];
6060 	    string[new_slen++] = key_name[1];
6061 	}
6062 	string[new_slen] = NUL;
6063 	extra = new_slen - slen;
6064 	if (buf == NULL)
6065 	{
6066 	    if (extra < 0)
6067 		/* remove matched chars, taking care of noremap */
6068 		del_typebuf(-extra, offset);
6069 	    else if (extra > 0)
6070 		/* insert the extra space we need */
6071 		ins_typebuf(string + slen, REMAP_YES, offset, FALSE, FALSE);
6072 
6073 	    /*
6074 	     * Careful: del_typebuf() and ins_typebuf() may have reallocated
6075 	     * typebuf.tb_buf[]!
6076 	     */
6077 	    mch_memmove(typebuf.tb_buf + typebuf.tb_off + offset, string,
6078 							    (size_t)new_slen);
6079 	}
6080 	else
6081 	{
6082 	    if (extra < 0)
6083 		/* remove matched characters */
6084 		mch_memmove(buf + offset, buf + offset - extra,
6085 					   (size_t)(*buflen + offset + extra));
6086 	    else if (extra > 0)
6087 	    {
6088 		/* Insert the extra space we need.  If there is insufficient
6089 		 * space return -1. */
6090 		if (*buflen + extra + new_slen >= bufsize)
6091 		    return -1;
6092 		mch_memmove(buf + offset + extra, buf + offset,
6093 						   (size_t)(*buflen - offset));
6094 	    }
6095 	    mch_memmove(buf + offset, string, (size_t)new_slen);
6096 	    *buflen = *buflen + extra + new_slen;
6097 	}
6098 	return retval == 0 ? (len + extra + offset) : retval;
6099     }
6100 
6101 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
6102     LOG_TR(("normal character"));
6103 #endif
6104 
6105     return 0;			    /* no match found */
6106 }
6107 
6108 #if (defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) && defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE)) || defined(PROTO)
6109 /*
6110  * Get the text foreground color, if known.
6111  */
6112     void
6113 term_get_fg_color(char_u *r, char_u *g, char_u *b)
6114 {
6115     if (rfg_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GOT)
6116     {
6117 	*r = fg_r;
6118 	*g = fg_g;
6119 	*b = fg_b;
6120     }
6121 }
6122 
6123 /*
6124  * Get the text background color, if known.
6125  */
6126     void
6127 term_get_bg_color(char_u *r, char_u *g, char_u *b)
6128 {
6129     if (rbg_status.tr_progress == STATUS_GOT)
6130     {
6131 	*r = bg_r;
6132 	*g = bg_g;
6133 	*b = bg_b;
6134     }
6135 }
6136 #endif
6137 
6138 /*
6139  * Replace any terminal code strings in from[] with the equivalent internal
6140  * vim representation.	This is used for the "from" and "to" part of a
6141  * mapping, and the "to" part of a menu command.
6142  * Any strings like "<C-UP>" are also replaced, unless 'cpoptions' contains
6143  * '<'.
6144  * K_SPECIAL by itself is replaced by K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER.
6145  *
6146  * The replacement is done in result[] and finally copied into allocated
6147  * memory. If this all works well *bufp is set to the allocated memory and a
6148  * pointer to it is returned. If something fails *bufp is set to NULL and from
6149  * is returned.
6150  *
6151  * CTRL-V characters are removed.  When "from_part" is TRUE, a trailing CTRL-V
6152  * is included, otherwise it is removed (for ":map xx ^V", maps xx to
6153  * nothing).  When 'cpoptions' does not contain 'B', a backslash can be used
6154  * instead of a CTRL-V.
6155  */
6156     char_u *
6157 replace_termcodes(
6158     char_u	*from,
6159     char_u	**bufp,
6160     int		from_part,
6161     int		do_lt,		/* also translate <lt> */
6162     int		special)	/* always accept <key> notation */
6163 {
6164     int		i;
6165     int		slen;
6166     int		key;
6167     int		dlen = 0;
6168     char_u	*src;
6169     int		do_backslash;	/* backslash is a special character */
6170     int		do_special;	/* recognize <> key codes */
6171     int		do_key_code;	/* recognize raw key codes */
6172     char_u	*result;	/* buffer for resulting string */
6173 
6174     do_backslash = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BSLASH) == NULL);
6175     do_special = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SPECI) == NULL) || special;
6176     do_key_code = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_KEYCODE) == NULL);
6177 
6178     /*
6179      * Allocate space for the translation.  Worst case a single character is
6180      * replaced by 6 bytes (shifted special key), plus a NUL at the end.
6181      */
6182     result = alloc(STRLEN(from) * 6 + 1);
6183     if (result == NULL)		/* out of memory */
6184     {
6185 	*bufp = NULL;
6186 	return from;
6187     }
6188 
6189     src = from;
6190 
6191     /*
6192      * Check for #n at start only: function key n
6193      */
6194     if (from_part && src[0] == '#' && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[1]))  /* function key */
6195     {
6196 	result[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6197 	result[dlen++] = 'k';
6198 	if (src[1] == '0')
6199 	    result[dlen++] = ';';	/* #0 is F10 is "k;" */
6200 	else
6201 	    result[dlen++] = src[1];	/* #3 is F3 is "k3" */
6202 	src += 2;
6203     }
6204 
6205     /*
6206      * Copy each byte from *from to result[dlen]
6207      */
6208     while (*src != NUL)
6209     {
6210 	/*
6211 	 * If 'cpoptions' does not contain '<', check for special key codes,
6212 	 * like "<C-S-LeftMouse>"
6213 	 */
6214 	if (do_special && (do_lt || STRNCMP(src, "<lt>", 4) != 0))
6215 	{
6216 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6217 	    /*
6218 	     * Replace <SID> by K_SNR <script-nr> _.
6219 	     * (room: 5 * 6 = 30 bytes; needed: 3 + <nr> + 1 <= 14)
6220 	     */
6221 	    if (STRNICMP(src, "<SID>", 5) == 0)
6222 	    {
6223 		if (current_sctx.sc_sid <= 0)
6224 		    emsg(_(e_usingsid));
6225 		else
6226 		{
6227 		    src += 5;
6228 		    result[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6229 		    result[dlen++] = (int)KS_EXTRA;
6230 		    result[dlen++] = (int)KE_SNR;
6231 		    sprintf((char *)result + dlen, "%ld",
6232 						    (long)current_sctx.sc_sid);
6233 		    dlen += (int)STRLEN(result + dlen);
6234 		    result[dlen++] = '_';
6235 		    continue;
6236 		}
6237 	    }
6238 #endif
6239 
6240 	    slen = trans_special(&src, result + dlen, TRUE, FALSE);
6241 	    if (slen)
6242 	    {
6243 		dlen += slen;
6244 		continue;
6245 	    }
6246 	}
6247 
6248 	/*
6249 	 * If 'cpoptions' does not contain 'k', see if it's an actual key-code.
6250 	 * Note that this is also checked after replacing the <> form.
6251 	 * Single character codes are NOT replaced (e.g. ^H or DEL), because
6252 	 * it could be a character in the file.
6253 	 */
6254 	if (do_key_code)
6255 	{
6256 	    i = find_term_bykeys(src);
6257 	    if (i >= 0)
6258 	    {
6259 		result[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6260 		result[dlen++] = termcodes[i].name[0];
6261 		result[dlen++] = termcodes[i].name[1];
6262 		src += termcodes[i].len;
6263 		/* If terminal code matched, continue after it. */
6264 		continue;
6265 	    }
6266 	}
6267 
6268 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6269 	if (do_special)
6270 	{
6271 	    char_u	*p, *s, len;
6272 
6273 	    /*
6274 	     * Replace <Leader> by the value of "mapleader".
6275 	     * Replace <LocalLeader> by the value of "maplocalleader".
6276 	     * If "mapleader" or "maplocalleader" isn't set use a backslash.
6277 	     */
6278 	    if (STRNICMP(src, "<Leader>", 8) == 0)
6279 	    {
6280 		len = 8;
6281 		p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:mapleader");
6282 	    }
6283 	    else if (STRNICMP(src, "<LocalLeader>", 13) == 0)
6284 	    {
6285 		len = 13;
6286 		p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:maplocalleader");
6287 	    }
6288 	    else
6289 	    {
6290 		len = 0;
6291 		p = NULL;
6292 	    }
6293 	    if (len != 0)
6294 	    {
6295 		/* Allow up to 8 * 6 characters for "mapleader". */
6296 		if (p == NULL || *p == NUL || STRLEN(p) > 8 * 6)
6297 		    s = (char_u *)"\\";
6298 		else
6299 		    s = p;
6300 		while (*s != NUL)
6301 		    result[dlen++] = *s++;
6302 		src += len;
6303 		continue;
6304 	    }
6305 	}
6306 #endif
6307 
6308 	/*
6309 	 * Remove CTRL-V and ignore the next character.
6310 	 * For "from" side the CTRL-V at the end is included, for the "to"
6311 	 * part it is removed.
6312 	 * If 'cpoptions' does not contain 'B', also accept a backslash.
6313 	 */
6314 	key = *src;
6315 	if (key == Ctrl_V || (do_backslash && key == '\\'))
6316 	{
6317 	    ++src;				/* skip CTRL-V or backslash */
6318 	    if (*src == NUL)
6319 	    {
6320 		if (from_part)
6321 		    result[dlen++] = key;
6322 		break;
6323 	    }
6324 	}
6325 
6326 	/* skip multibyte char correctly */
6327 	for (i = (*mb_ptr2len)(src); i > 0; --i)
6328 	{
6329 	    /*
6330 	     * If the character is K_SPECIAL, replace it with K_SPECIAL
6331 	     * KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER.
6332 	     * If compiled with the GUI replace CSI with K_CSI.
6333 	     */
6334 	    if (*src == K_SPECIAL)
6335 	    {
6336 		result[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6337 		result[dlen++] = KS_SPECIAL;
6338 		result[dlen++] = KE_FILLER;
6339 	    }
6340 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6341 	    else if (*src == CSI)
6342 	    {
6343 		result[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
6344 		result[dlen++] = KS_EXTRA;
6345 		result[dlen++] = (int)KE_CSI;
6346 	    }
6347 # endif
6348 	    else
6349 		result[dlen++] = *src;
6350 	    ++src;
6351 	}
6352     }
6353     result[dlen] = NUL;
6354 
6355     /*
6356      * Copy the new string to allocated memory.
6357      * If this fails, just return from.
6358      */
6359     if ((*bufp = vim_strsave(result)) != NULL)
6360 	from = *bufp;
6361     vim_free(result);
6362     return from;
6363 }
6364 
6365 /*
6366  * Find a termcode with keys 'src' (must be NUL terminated).
6367  * Return the index in termcodes[], or -1 if not found.
6368  */
6369     int
6370 find_term_bykeys(char_u *src)
6371 {
6372     int		i;
6373     int		slen = (int)STRLEN(src);
6374 
6375     for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
6376     {
6377 	if (slen == termcodes[i].len
6378 			&& STRNCMP(termcodes[i].code, src, (size_t)slen) == 0)
6379 	    return i;
6380     }
6381     return -1;
6382 }
6383 
6384 /*
6385  * Gather the first characters in the terminal key codes into a string.
6386  * Used to speed up check_termcode().
6387  */
6388     static void
6389 gather_termleader(void)
6390 {
6391     int	    i;
6392     int	    len = 0;
6393 
6394 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6395     if (gui.in_use)
6396 	termleader[len++] = CSI;    /* the GUI codes are not in termcodes[] */
6397 #endif
6398 #ifdef FEAT_TERMRESPONSE
6399     if (check_for_codes || *T_CRS != NUL)
6400 	termleader[len++] = DCS;    /* the termcode response starts with DCS
6401 				       in 8-bit mode */
6402 #endif
6403     termleader[len] = NUL;
6404 
6405     for (i = 0; i < tc_len; ++i)
6406 	if (vim_strchr(termleader, termcodes[i].code[0]) == NULL)
6407 	{
6408 	    termleader[len++] = termcodes[i].code[0];
6409 	    termleader[len] = NUL;
6410 	}
6411 
6412     need_gather = FALSE;
6413 }
6414 
6415 /*
6416  * Show all termcodes (for ":set termcap")
6417  * This code looks a lot like showoptions(), but is different.
6418  */
6419     void
6420 show_termcodes(void)
6421 {
6422     int		col;
6423     int		*items;
6424     int		item_count;
6425     int		run;
6426     int		row, rows;
6427     int		cols;
6428     int		i;
6429     int		len;
6430 
6431 #define INC3 27	    /* try to make three columns */
6432 #define INC2 40	    /* try to make two columns */
6433 #define GAP 2	    /* spaces between columns */
6434 
6435     if (tc_len == 0)	    /* no terminal codes (must be GUI) */
6436 	return;
6437     items = ALLOC_MULT(int, tc_len);
6438     if (items == NULL)
6439 	return;
6440 
6441     /* Highlight title */
6442     msg_puts_title(_("\n--- Terminal keys ---"));
6443 
6444     /*
6445      * do the loop two times:
6446      * 1. display the short items (non-strings and short strings)
6447      * 2. display the medium items (medium length strings)
6448      * 3. display the long items (remaining strings)
6449      */
6450     for (run = 1; run <= 3 && !got_int; ++run)
6451     {
6452 	/*
6453 	 * collect the items in items[]
6454 	 */
6455 	item_count = 0;
6456 	for (i = 0; i < tc_len; i++)
6457 	{
6458 	    len = show_one_termcode(termcodes[i].name,
6459 						    termcodes[i].code, FALSE);
6460 	    if (len <= INC3 - GAP ? run == 1
6461 			: len <= INC2 - GAP ? run == 2
6462 			: run == 3)
6463 		items[item_count++] = i;
6464 	}
6465 
6466 	/*
6467 	 * display the items
6468 	 */
6469 	if (run <= 2)
6470 	{
6471 	    cols = (Columns + GAP) / (run == 1 ? INC3 : INC2);
6472 	    if (cols == 0)
6473 		cols = 1;
6474 	    rows = (item_count + cols - 1) / cols;
6475 	}
6476 	else	/* run == 3 */
6477 	    rows = item_count;
6478 	for (row = 0; row < rows && !got_int; ++row)
6479 	{
6480 	    msg_putchar('\n');			/* go to next line */
6481 	    if (got_int)			/* 'q' typed in more */
6482 		break;
6483 	    col = 0;
6484 	    for (i = row; i < item_count; i += rows)
6485 	    {
6486 		msg_col = col;			/* make columns */
6487 		show_one_termcode(termcodes[items[i]].name,
6488 					      termcodes[items[i]].code, TRUE);
6489 		if (run == 2)
6490 		    col += INC2;
6491 		else
6492 		    col += INC3;
6493 	    }
6494 	    out_flush();
6495 	    ui_breakcheck();
6496 	}
6497     }
6498     vim_free(items);
6499 }
6500 
6501 /*
6502  * Show one termcode entry.
6503  * Output goes into IObuff[]
6504  */
6505     int
6506 show_one_termcode(char_u *name, char_u *code, int printit)
6507 {
6508     char_u	*p;
6509     int		len;
6510 
6511     if (name[0] > '~')
6512     {
6513 	IObuff[0] = ' ';
6514 	IObuff[1] = ' ';
6515 	IObuff[2] = ' ';
6516 	IObuff[3] = ' ';
6517     }
6518     else
6519     {
6520 	IObuff[0] = 't';
6521 	IObuff[1] = '_';
6522 	IObuff[2] = name[0];
6523 	IObuff[3] = name[1];
6524     }
6525     IObuff[4] = ' ';
6526 
6527     p = get_special_key_name(TERMCAP2KEY(name[0], name[1]), 0);
6528     if (p[1] != 't')
6529 	STRCPY(IObuff + 5, p);
6530     else
6531 	IObuff[5] = NUL;
6532     len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff);
6533     do
6534 	IObuff[len++] = ' ';
6535     while (len < 17);
6536     IObuff[len] = NUL;
6537     if (code == NULL)
6538 	len += 4;
6539     else
6540 	len += vim_strsize(code);
6541 
6542     if (printit)
6543     {
6544 	msg_puts((char *)IObuff);
6545 	if (code == NULL)
6546 	    msg_puts("NULL");
6547 	else
6548 	    msg_outtrans(code);
6549     }
6550     return len;
6551 }
6552 
6553 #if defined(FEAT_TERMRESPONSE) || defined(PROTO)
6554 /*
6555  * For Xterm >= 140 compiled with OPT_TCAP_QUERY: Obtain the actually used
6556  * termcap codes from the terminal itself.
6557  * We get them one by one to avoid a very long response string.
6558  */
6559 static int xt_index_in = 0;
6560 static int xt_index_out = 0;
6561 
6562     static void
6563 req_codes_from_term(void)
6564 {
6565     xt_index_out = 0;
6566     xt_index_in = 0;
6567     req_more_codes_from_term();
6568 }
6569 
6570     static void
6571 req_more_codes_from_term(void)
6572 {
6573     char	buf[11];
6574     int		old_idx = xt_index_out;
6575 
6576     /* Don't do anything when going to exit. */
6577     if (exiting)
6578 	return;
6579 
6580     /* Send up to 10 more requests out than we received.  Avoid sending too
6581      * many, there can be a buffer overflow somewhere. */
6582     while (xt_index_out < xt_index_in + 10 && key_names[xt_index_out] != NULL)
6583     {
6584 	char *key_name = key_names[xt_index_out];
6585 
6586 	LOG_TR(("Requesting XT %d: %s", xt_index_out, key_name));
6587 	sprintf(buf, "\033P+q%02x%02x\033\\", key_name[0], key_name[1]);
6588 	out_str_nf((char_u *)buf);
6589 	++xt_index_out;
6590     }
6591 
6592     /* Send the codes out right away. */
6593     if (xt_index_out != old_idx)
6594 	out_flush();
6595 }
6596 
6597 /*
6598  * Decode key code response from xterm: '<Esc>P1+r<name>=<string><Esc>\'.
6599  * A "0" instead of the "1" indicates a code that isn't supported.
6600  * Both <name> and <string> are encoded in hex.
6601  * "code" points to the "0" or "1".
6602  */
6603     static void
6604 got_code_from_term(char_u *code, int len)
6605 {
6606 #define XT_LEN 100
6607     char_u	name[3];
6608     char_u	str[XT_LEN];
6609     int		i;
6610     int		j = 0;
6611     int		c;
6612 
6613     /* A '1' means the code is supported, a '0' means it isn't.
6614      * When half the length is > XT_LEN we can't use it.
6615      * Our names are currently all 2 characters. */
6616     if (code[0] == '1' && code[7] == '=' && len / 2 < XT_LEN)
6617     {
6618 	/* Get the name from the response and find it in the table. */
6619 	name[0] = hexhex2nr(code + 3);
6620 	name[1] = hexhex2nr(code + 5);
6621 	name[2] = NUL;
6622 	for (i = 0; key_names[i] != NULL; ++i)
6623 	{
6624 	    if (STRCMP(key_names[i], name) == 0)
6625 	    {
6626 		xt_index_in = i;
6627 		break;
6628 	    }
6629 	}
6630 
6631 	LOG_TR(("Received XT %d: %s", xt_index_in, (char *)name));
6632 
6633 	if (key_names[i] != NULL)
6634 	{
6635 	    for (i = 8; (c = hexhex2nr(code + i)) >= 0; i += 2)
6636 		str[j++] = c;
6637 	    str[j] = NUL;
6638 	    if (name[0] == 'C' && name[1] == 'o')
6639 	    {
6640 		/* Color count is not a key code. */
6641 		i = atoi((char *)str);
6642 		may_adjust_color_count(i);
6643 	    }
6644 	    else
6645 	    {
6646 		/* First delete any existing entry with the same code. */
6647 		i = find_term_bykeys(str);
6648 		if (i >= 0)
6649 		    del_termcode_idx(i);
6650 		add_termcode(name, str, ATC_FROM_TERM);
6651 	    }
6652 	}
6653     }
6654 
6655     /* May request more codes now that we received one. */
6656     ++xt_index_in;
6657     req_more_codes_from_term();
6658 }
6659 
6660 /*
6661  * Check if there are any unanswered requests and deal with them.
6662  * This is called before starting an external program or getting direct
6663  * keyboard input.  We don't want responses to be send to that program or
6664  * handled as typed text.
6665  */
6666     static void
6667 check_for_codes_from_term(void)
6668 {
6669     int		c;
6670 
6671     /* If no codes requested or all are answered, no need to wait. */
6672     if (xt_index_out == 0 || xt_index_out == xt_index_in)
6673 	return;
6674 
6675     /* Vgetc() will check for and handle any response.
6676      * Keep calling vpeekc() until we don't get any responses. */
6677     ++no_mapping;
6678     ++allow_keys;
6679     for (;;)
6680     {
6681 	c = vpeekc();
6682 	if (c == NUL)	    /* nothing available */
6683 	    break;
6684 
6685 	/* If a response is recognized it's replaced with K_IGNORE, must read
6686 	 * it from the input stream.  If there is no K_IGNORE we can't do
6687 	 * anything, break here (there might be some responses further on, but
6688 	 * we don't want to throw away any typed chars). */
6689 	if (c != K_SPECIAL && c != K_IGNORE)
6690 	    break;
6691 	c = vgetc();
6692 	if (c != K_IGNORE)
6693 	{
6694 	    vungetc(c);
6695 	    break;
6696 	}
6697     }
6698     --no_mapping;
6699     --allow_keys;
6700 }
6701 #endif
6702 
6703 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
6704 /*
6705  * Translate an internal mapping/abbreviation representation into the
6706  * corresponding external one recognized by :map/:abbrev commands.
6707  * Respects the current B/k/< settings of 'cpoption'.
6708  *
6709  * This function is called when expanding mappings/abbreviations on the
6710  * command-line.
6711  *
6712  * It uses a growarray to build the translation string since the latter can be
6713  * wider than the original description. The caller has to free the string
6714  * afterwards.
6715  *
6716  * Returns NULL when there is a problem.
6717  */
6718     char_u *
6719 translate_mapping(char_u *str)
6720 {
6721     garray_T	ga;
6722     int		c;
6723     int		modifiers;
6724     int		cpo_bslash;
6725     int		cpo_special;
6726 
6727     ga_init(&ga);
6728     ga.ga_itemsize = 1;
6729     ga.ga_growsize = 40;
6730 
6731     cpo_bslash = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BSLASH) != NULL);
6732     cpo_special = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SPECI) != NULL);
6733 
6734     for (; *str; ++str)
6735     {
6736 	c = *str;
6737 	if (c == K_SPECIAL && str[1] != NUL && str[2] != NUL)
6738 	{
6739 	    modifiers = 0;
6740 	    if (str[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
6741 	    {
6742 		str++;
6743 		modifiers = *++str;
6744 		c = *++str;
6745 	    }
6746 	    if (c == K_SPECIAL && str[1] != NUL && str[2] != NUL)
6747 	    {
6748 		if (cpo_special)
6749 		{
6750 		    ga_clear(&ga);
6751 		    return NULL;
6752 		}
6753 		c = TO_SPECIAL(str[1], str[2]);
6754 		if (c == K_ZERO)	/* display <Nul> as ^@ */
6755 		    c = NUL;
6756 		str += 2;
6757 	    }
6758 	    if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || modifiers)	/* special key */
6759 	    {
6760 		if (cpo_special)
6761 		{
6762 		    ga_clear(&ga);
6763 		    return NULL;
6764 		}
6765 		ga_concat(&ga, get_special_key_name(c, modifiers));
6766 		continue; /* for (str) */
6767 	    }
6768 	}
6769 	if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == Ctrl_J || c == Ctrl_V
6770 	    || (c == '<' && !cpo_special) || (c == '\\' && !cpo_bslash))
6771 	    ga_append(&ga, cpo_bslash ? Ctrl_V : '\\');
6772 	if (c)
6773 	    ga_append(&ga, c);
6774     }
6775     ga_append(&ga, NUL);
6776     return (char_u *)(ga.ga_data);
6777 }
6778 #endif
6779 
6780 #if (defined(MSWIN) && (!defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(VIMDLL))) || defined(PROTO)
6781 static char ksme_str[20];
6782 static char ksmr_str[20];
6783 static char ksmd_str[20];
6784 
6785 /*
6786  * For Win32 console: update termcap codes for existing console attributes.
6787  */
6788     void
6789 update_tcap(int attr)
6790 {
6791     struct builtin_term *p;
6792 
6793     p = find_builtin_term(DEFAULT_TERM);
6794     sprintf(ksme_str, IF_EB("\033|%dm", ESC_STR "|%dm"), attr);
6795     sprintf(ksmd_str, IF_EB("\033|%dm", ESC_STR "|%dm"),
6796 				     attr | 0x08);  /* FOREGROUND_INTENSITY */
6797     sprintf(ksmr_str, IF_EB("\033|%dm", ESC_STR "|%dm"),
6798 				 ((attr & 0x0F) << 4) | ((attr & 0xF0) >> 4));
6799 
6800     while (p->bt_string != NULL)
6801     {
6802       if (p->bt_entry == (int)KS_ME)
6803 	  p->bt_string = &ksme_str[0];
6804       else if (p->bt_entry == (int)KS_MR)
6805 	  p->bt_string = &ksmr_str[0];
6806       else if (p->bt_entry == (int)KS_MD)
6807 	  p->bt_string = &ksmd_str[0];
6808       ++p;
6809     }
6810 }
6811 
6812 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
6813 #  define KSSIZE 20
6814 struct ks_tbl_s
6815 {
6816     int  code;		// value of KS_
6817     char *vtp;		// code in vtp mode
6818     char *vtp2;		// code in vtp2 mode
6819     char buf[KSSIZE];   // save buffer in non-vtp mode
6820     char vbuf[KSSIZE];  // save buffer in vtp mode
6821     char v2buf[KSSIZE]; // save buffer in vtp2 mode
6822     char arr[KSSIZE];   // real buffer
6823 };
6824 
6825 static struct ks_tbl_s ks_tbl[] =
6826 {
6827     {(int)KS_ME,  "\033|0m",  "\033|0m"},   // normal
6828     {(int)KS_MR,  "\033|7m",  "\033|7m"},   // reverse
6829     {(int)KS_MD,  "\033|1m",  "\033|1m"},   // bold
6830     {(int)KS_SO,  "\033|91m", "\033|91m"},  // standout: bright red text
6831     {(int)KS_SE,  "\033|39m", "\033|39m"},  // standout end: default color
6832     {(int)KS_CZH, "\033|95m", "\033|95m"},  // italic: bright magenta text
6833     {(int)KS_CZR, "\033|0m",  "\033|0m"},   // italic end
6834     {(int)KS_US,  "\033|4m",  "\033|4m"},   // underscore
6835     {(int)KS_UE,  "\033|24m", "\033|24m"},  // underscore end
6836 #  ifdef TERMINFO
6837     {(int)KS_CAB, "\033|%p1%db", "\033|%p14%dm"}, // set background color
6838     {(int)KS_CAF, "\033|%p1%df", "\033|%p13%dm"}, // set foreground color
6839     {(int)KS_CS,  "\033|%p1%d;%p2%dR", "\033|%p1%d;%p2%dR"},
6840     {(int)KS_CSV, "\033|%p1%d;%p2%dV", "\033|%p1%d;%p2%dV"},
6841 #  else
6842     {(int)KS_CAB, "\033|%db", "\033|4%dm"}, // set background color
6843     {(int)KS_CAF, "\033|%df", "\033|3%dm"}, // set foreground color
6844     {(int)KS_CS,  "\033|%d;%dR", "\033|%d;%dR"},
6845     {(int)KS_CSV, "\033|%d;%dV", "\033|%d;%dV"},
6846 #  endif
6847     {(int)KS_CCO, "256", "256"},	    // colors
6848     {(int)KS_NAME}			    // terminator
6849 };
6850 
6851     static struct builtin_term *
6852 find_first_tcap(
6853     char_u *name,
6854     int	    code)
6855 {
6856     struct builtin_term *p;
6857 
6858     for (p = find_builtin_term(name); p->bt_string != NULL; ++p)
6859 	if (p->bt_entry == code)
6860 	    return p;
6861     return NULL;
6862 }
6863 # endif
6864 
6865 /*
6866  * For Win32 console: replace the sequence immediately after termguicolors.
6867  */
6868     void
6869 swap_tcap(void)
6870 {
6871 # ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS
6872     static int		init_done = FALSE;
6873     static int		curr_mode;
6874     struct ks_tbl_s	*ks;
6875     struct builtin_term *bt;
6876     int			mode;
6877     enum
6878     {
6879 	CMODEINDEX,
6880 	CMODE24,
6881 	CMODE256
6882     };
6883 
6884     /* buffer initialization */
6885     if (!init_done)
6886     {
6887 	for (ks = ks_tbl; ks->code != (int)KS_NAME; ks++)
6888 	{
6889 	    bt = find_first_tcap(DEFAULT_TERM, ks->code);
6890 	    if (bt != NULL)
6891 	    {
6892 		STRNCPY(ks->buf, bt->bt_string, KSSIZE);
6893 		STRNCPY(ks->vbuf, ks->vtp, KSSIZE);
6894 		STRNCPY(ks->v2buf, ks->vtp2, KSSIZE);
6895 
6896 		STRNCPY(ks->arr, bt->bt_string, KSSIZE);
6897 		bt->bt_string = &ks->arr[0];
6898 	    }
6899 	}
6900 	init_done = TRUE;
6901 	curr_mode = CMODEINDEX;
6902     }
6903 
6904     if (p_tgc)
6905 	mode = CMODE24;
6906     else if (t_colors >= 256)
6907 	mode = CMODE256;
6908     else
6909 	mode = CMODEINDEX;
6910 
6911     for (ks = ks_tbl; ks->code != (int)KS_NAME; ks++)
6912     {
6913 	bt = find_first_tcap(DEFAULT_TERM, ks->code);
6914 	if (bt != NULL)
6915 	{
6916 	    switch (curr_mode)
6917 	    {
6918 	    case CMODEINDEX:
6919 		STRNCPY(&ks->buf[0], bt->bt_string, KSSIZE);
6920 		break;
6921 	    case CMODE24:
6922 		STRNCPY(&ks->vbuf[0], bt->bt_string, KSSIZE);
6923 		break;
6924 	    default:
6925 		STRNCPY(&ks->v2buf[0], bt->bt_string, KSSIZE);
6926 	    }
6927 	}
6928     }
6929 
6930     if (mode != curr_mode)
6931     {
6932 	for (ks = ks_tbl; ks->code != (int)KS_NAME; ks++)
6933 	{
6934 	    bt = find_first_tcap(DEFAULT_TERM, ks->code);
6935 	    if (bt != NULL)
6936 	    {
6937 		switch (mode)
6938 		{
6939 		case CMODEINDEX:
6940 		    STRNCPY(bt->bt_string, &ks->buf[0], KSSIZE);
6941 		    break;
6942 		case CMODE24:
6943 		    STRNCPY(bt->bt_string, &ks->vbuf[0], KSSIZE);
6944 		    break;
6945 		default:
6946 		    STRNCPY(bt->bt_string, &ks->v2buf[0], KSSIZE);
6947 		}
6948 	    }
6949 	}
6950 
6951 	curr_mode = mode;
6952     }
6953 # endif
6954 }
6955 
6956 #endif
6957 
6958 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS) || defined(PROTO)
6959     static int
6960 hex_digit(int c)
6961 {
6962     if (isdigit(c))
6963 	return c - '0';
6964     c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
6965     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
6966 	return c - 'a' + 10;
6967     return 0x1ffffff;
6968 }
6969 
6970 # ifdef VIMDLL
6971     static guicolor_T
6972 gui_adjust_rgb(guicolor_T c)
6973 {
6974     if (gui.in_use)
6975 	return c;
6976     else
6977 	return ((c & 0xff) << 16) | (c & 0x00ff00) | ((c >> 16) & 0xff);
6978 }
6979 # else
6980 #  define gui_adjust_rgb(c) (c)
6981 # endif
6982 
6983     guicolor_T
6984 gui_get_color_cmn(char_u *name)
6985 {
6986     /* On MS-Windows an RGB macro is available and it produces 0x00bbggrr color
6987      * values as used by the MS-Windows GDI api.  It should be used only for
6988      * MS-Windows GDI builds. */
6989 # if defined(RGB) && defined(MSWIN) && !defined(FEAT_GUI)
6990 #  undef RGB
6991 # endif
6992 # ifndef RGB
6993 #  define RGB(r, g, b)	((r<<16) | (g<<8) | (b))
6994 # endif
6995 # define LINE_LEN 100
6996     FILE	*fd;
6997     char	line[LINE_LEN];
6998     char_u	*fname;
6999     int		r, g, b, i;
7000     guicolor_T  color;
7001 
7002     struct rgbcolor_table_S {
7003 	char_u	    *color_name;
7004 	guicolor_T  color;
7005     };
7006 
7007     /* Only non X11 colors (not present in rgb.txt) and colors in
7008      * color_names[], useful when $VIMRUNTIME is not found,. */
7009     static struct rgbcolor_table_S rgb_table[] = {
7010 	    {(char_u *)"black",		RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
7011 	    {(char_u *)"blue",		RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xFF)},
7012 	    {(char_u *)"brown",		RGB(0xA5, 0x2A, 0x2A)},
7013 	    {(char_u *)"cyan",		RGB(0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
7014 	    {(char_u *)"darkblue",	RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x8B)},
7015 	    {(char_u *)"darkcyan",	RGB(0x00, 0x8B, 0x8B)},
7016 	    {(char_u *)"darkgray",	RGB(0xA9, 0xA9, 0xA9)},
7017 	    {(char_u *)"darkgreen",	RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x00)},
7018 	    {(char_u *)"darkgrey",	RGB(0xA9, 0xA9, 0xA9)},
7019 	    {(char_u *)"darkmagenta",	RGB(0x8B, 0x00, 0x8B)},
7020 	    {(char_u *)"darkred",	RGB(0x8B, 0x00, 0x00)},
7021 	    {(char_u *)"darkyellow",	RGB(0x8B, 0x8B, 0x00)}, /* No X11 */
7022 	    {(char_u *)"gray",		RGB(0xBE, 0xBE, 0xBE)},
7023 	    {(char_u *)"green",		RGB(0x00, 0xFF, 0x00)},
7024 	    {(char_u *)"grey",		RGB(0xBE, 0xBE, 0xBE)},
7025 	    {(char_u *)"grey40",	RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)},
7026 	    {(char_u *)"grey50",	RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)},
7027 	    {(char_u *)"grey90",	RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)},
7028 	    {(char_u *)"lightblue",	RGB(0xAD, 0xD8, 0xE6)},
7029 	    {(char_u *)"lightcyan",	RGB(0xE0, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
7030 	    {(char_u *)"lightgray",	RGB(0xD3, 0xD3, 0xD3)},
7031 	    {(char_u *)"lightgreen",	RGB(0x90, 0xEE, 0x90)},
7032 	    {(char_u *)"lightgrey",	RGB(0xD3, 0xD3, 0xD3)},
7033 	    {(char_u *)"lightmagenta",	RGB(0xFF, 0x8B, 0xFF)}, /* No X11 */
7034 	    {(char_u *)"lightred",	RGB(0xFF, 0x8B, 0x8B)}, /* No X11 */
7035 	    {(char_u *)"lightyellow",	RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xE0)},
7036 	    {(char_u *)"magenta",	RGB(0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF)},
7037 	    {(char_u *)"red",		RGB(0xFF, 0x00, 0x00)},
7038 	    {(char_u *)"seagreen",	RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)},
7039 	    {(char_u *)"white",		RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
7040 	    {(char_u *)"yellow",	RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00)},
7041     };
7042 
7043     static struct rgbcolor_table_S *colornames_table;
7044     static int size = 0;
7045 
7046     if (name[0] == '#' && STRLEN(name) == 7)
7047     {
7048 	/* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
7049 	color = RGB(((hex_digit(name[1]) << 4) + hex_digit(name[2])),
7050 		    ((hex_digit(name[3]) << 4) + hex_digit(name[4])),
7051 		    ((hex_digit(name[5]) << 4) + hex_digit(name[6])));
7052 	if (color > 0xffffff)
7053 	    return INVALCOLOR;
7054 	return gui_adjust_rgb(color);
7055     }
7056 
7057     /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
7058     for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(rgb_table) / sizeof(rgb_table[0])); i++)
7059 	if (STRICMP(name, rgb_table[i].color_name) == 0)
7060 	    return gui_adjust_rgb(rgb_table[i].color);
7061 
7062     /*
7063      * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt".
7064      */
7065     if (size == 0)
7066     {
7067 	int counting;
7068 
7069 	// colornames_table not yet initialized
7070 	fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
7071 	if (fname == NULL)
7072 	    return INVALCOLOR;
7073 
7074 	fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
7075 	vim_free(fname);
7076 	if (fd == NULL)
7077 	{
7078 	    if (p_verbose > 1)
7079 		verb_msg(_("Cannot open $VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt"));
7080 	    size = -1;  // don't try again
7081 	    return INVALCOLOR;
7082 	}
7083 
7084 	for (counting = 1; counting >= 0; --counting)
7085 	{
7086 	    if (!counting)
7087 	    {
7088 		colornames_table = ALLOC_MULT(struct rgbcolor_table_S, size);
7089 		if (colornames_table == NULL)
7090 		{
7091 		    fclose(fd);
7092 		    return INVALCOLOR;
7093 		}
7094 		rewind(fd);
7095 	    }
7096 	    size = 0;
7097 
7098 	    while (!feof(fd))
7099 	    {
7100 		size_t	len;
7101 		int	pos;
7102 
7103 		vim_ignoredp = fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
7104 		len = strlen(line);
7105 
7106 		if (len <= 1 || line[len - 1] != '\n')
7107 		    continue;
7108 
7109 		line[len - 1] = '\0';
7110 
7111 		i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
7112 		if (i != 3)
7113 		    continue;
7114 
7115 		if (!counting)
7116 		{
7117 		    char_u *s = vim_strsave((char_u *)line + pos);
7118 
7119 		    if (s == NULL)
7120 		    {
7121 			fclose(fd);
7122 			return INVALCOLOR;
7123 		    }
7124 		    colornames_table[size].color_name = s;
7125 		    colornames_table[size].color = (guicolor_T)RGB(r, g, b);
7126 		}
7127 		size++;
7128 
7129 		// The distributed rgb.txt has less than 1000 entries. Limit to
7130 		// 10000, just in case the file was messed up.
7131 		if (size == 10000)
7132 		    break;
7133 	    }
7134 	}
7135 	fclose(fd);
7136     }
7137 
7138     for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
7139 	if (STRICMP(name, colornames_table[i].color_name) == 0)
7140 	    return gui_adjust_rgb(colornames_table[i].color);
7141 
7142     return INVALCOLOR;
7143 }
7144 
7145     guicolor_T
7146 gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(int r, int g, int b)
7147 {
7148     guicolor_T  color = RGB(r, g, b);
7149 
7150     if (color > 0xffffff)
7151 	return INVALCOLOR;
7152     return gui_adjust_rgb(color);
7153 }
7154 #endif
7155 
7156 #if (defined(MSWIN) && (!defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(VIMDLL))) || defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) \
7157 	|| defined(PROTO)
7158 static int cube_value[] = {
7159     0x00, 0x5F, 0x87, 0xAF, 0xD7, 0xFF
7160 };
7161 
7162 static int grey_ramp[] = {
7163     0x08, 0x12, 0x1C, 0x26, 0x30, 0x3A, 0x44, 0x4E, 0x58, 0x62, 0x6C, 0x76,
7164     0x80, 0x8A, 0x94, 0x9E, 0xA8, 0xB2, 0xBC, 0xC6, 0xD0, 0xDA, 0xE4, 0xEE
7165 };
7166 
7167 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
7168 #  include "libvterm/include/vterm.h"  // for VTERM_ANSI_INDEX_NONE
7169 # else
7170 #  define VTERM_ANSI_INDEX_NONE 0
7171 # endif
7172 
7173 static char_u ansi_table[16][4] = {
7174 //   R    G    B   idx
7175   {  0,   0,   0,  1}, // black
7176   {224,   0,   0,  2}, // dark red
7177   {  0, 224,   0,  3}, // dark green
7178   {224, 224,   0,  4}, // dark yellow / brown
7179   {  0,   0, 224,  5}, // dark blue
7180   {224,   0, 224,  6}, // dark magenta
7181   {  0, 224, 224,  7}, // dark cyan
7182   {224, 224, 224,  8}, // light grey
7183 
7184   {128, 128, 128,  9}, // dark grey
7185   {255,  64,  64, 10}, // light red
7186   { 64, 255,  64, 11}, // light green
7187   {255, 255,  64, 12}, // yellow
7188   { 64,  64, 255, 13}, // light blue
7189   {255,  64, 255, 14}, // light magenta
7190   { 64, 255, 255, 15}, // light cyan
7191   {255, 255, 255, 16}, // white
7192 };
7193 
7194     void
7195 cterm_color2rgb(int nr, char_u *r, char_u *g, char_u *b, char_u *ansi_idx)
7196 {
7197     int idx;
7198 
7199     if (nr < 16)
7200     {
7201 	*r = ansi_table[nr][0];
7202 	*g = ansi_table[nr][1];
7203 	*b = ansi_table[nr][2];
7204 	*ansi_idx = ansi_table[nr][3];
7205     }
7206     else if (nr < 232)
7207     {
7208 	/* 216 color cube */
7209 	idx = nr - 16;
7210 	*r = cube_value[idx / 36 % 6];
7211 	*g = cube_value[idx / 6  % 6];
7212 	*b = cube_value[idx      % 6];
7213 	*ansi_idx = VTERM_ANSI_INDEX_NONE;
7214     }
7215     else if (nr < 256)
7216     {
7217 	/* 24 grey scale ramp */
7218 	idx = nr - 232;
7219 	*r = grey_ramp[idx];
7220 	*g = grey_ramp[idx];
7221 	*b = grey_ramp[idx];
7222 	*ansi_idx = VTERM_ANSI_INDEX_NONE;
7223     }
7224     else
7225     {
7226 	*r = 0;
7227 	*g = 0;
7228 	*b = 0;
7229 	*ansi_idx = 0;
7230     }
7231 }
7232 #endif
7233 
7234